plan a sightseeing trip to london

The Ultimate Cheat Sheet for Your First Trip to London

Are you planning your first trip to London?  

This global city is endlessly popular with travelers from all over the world. With its famous landmarks and iconic sights, the number of things to see and do in London can easily excite and overwhelm first-time visitors.

In this post, you’ll find a cheat sheet compiled over 3 separate visits to London packed with information about how to get to London from the airport, where to stay in London, how to get around once you arrive, and best of all,  mapped-out London itinerary planning tips .

Are you ready to make your first trip to London a success? 

How to Plan a Trip to London

It can seem daunting to get started on your London trip plan. It’s a huge city with lots of iconic sights and experiences. In fact, I think it’s often underestimated by travelers who often write to tell me what a great time they had in London and that the city was such a surprise…in a good way!

So, as any good teacher will tell you, start with an outline. In this case, you want to break down each step you’ll need to do to plan a trip to London and then work on filling in all the details.

Start with deciding when you want to visit London and how many days you’ll stay. (I recommend at least 3-4 days.)

Once you know this, you can work on booking your London accommodations. (I recommend staying in a central-ish area within walking distance of a Tube station. Keep reading for more below) The further out you book your London hotel, the more available options you’ll have with competitive pricing.

ProTip: If you have flexibility, you might even look at London flights and hotels first to find the cheapest combination of dates and rates. In this way, you’re letting the deals decide when you travel versus looking for a deal on the dates you need/want to travel.

Once you’ve got the major logistics set, it’s time to work on your London itinerary. (I’ve got specific itinerary ideas below so keep reading!)

At this point in your planning a trip to London, you’ll want to make a list of the London sights and attractions that are your must sees and dos. Then, using the maps below (or Google Maps), start grouping them by area.

One really important thing to know as you plan your London trip is that the city is huge. The distances between places can be far, and with limited days, you don’t want to backtrack or plan activities on opposite ends of the city on the same day.

From here, figure out what can be booked ahead…and actually book it ahead! London is a popular destination. It’s normal for there to be lines at top sights and restaurants that are completely booked.

You can use sightseeing passes like The London Pass (my complete review) to pre-plan and save money. Or you can book individual tickets through a platform like Get Your Guide .

Once you know where you’re staying and what you’ll be doing each day, you can round out your London trip planning by looking at the Tube Map to orient yourself and decide how you’ll get from the airport to the city center. (More tips on this below!)

What to See and Do on Your First Trip to London

This London trip planner is set up in different sections to help you plan a trip to London from start to finish. The first part helps you get ideas about how to plan your days in London with landmarks, attractions, museums, markets, and activities in a logistically sensible way.

You want to maximize your time in London without backtracking or zigzagging around the city. These ideas can also help you piece together a complete day because not all of them require a full day.

You also note that I’ve included the Tube stops for individual attractions. This is to help you in case you visit these places outside of the order I’ve suggested in the Google Map for each itinerary idea.

After these itinerary ideas for planning your trip to London, you’ll find tips and helpful information so you can navigate the city confidently.

Are you ready to plan your trip to London?

London Itinerary Planning Idea #1 – History Buffs and Foodies

Tower of London – Tower Hill Tube Stop – Circle and District Lines

The  Tower of London  with its crown jewels is an absolute must with its thick, ominous walls, dark past, resident black ravens, and informative Beefeaters. The Tower and the nearby Tower Bridge sit stalwartly as a link to the past when Kings and Queens sent prisoners to “think” about their choices and to wait for the inevitable… execution.

The Tower of London was the inhospitable home to infamous gangsters, spies, Dukes, Bishops, Princes, and even Queens!

Undoubtedly the most famous Queen of them all was the ill-fated Anne Boleyn. The Tower of London is where Henry the VIII’s executioner beheaded her on charges of adultery and conspiracy, however, Henry actually blamed her for not producing a male heir.

Today, visiting the Tower of London is like stepping back in time. The daily traditions involving this historic castle have continued for hundreds of years. The resident Beefeaters live at the Tower of London and maintain the rituals and routines of the past. But they also offer free tours (once inside) and comically share their vast Tower of London knowledge.

These tours begin every 30 minutes starting at 10:00 a.m. and finishing with the last tour at 2:30 p.m.

Pro Tip:  Arrive in the morning when the Tower first opens. It becomes quite crowded later in the day. Use your  London Pass  to get Fast Track Entry and bundled savings when compared to buying attraction tickets individually.

Tower Bridge & Borough Market – London Bridge Tube Stop – Northern and Jubilee Lines

After a morning at the Tower of London, time your escape for lunch at  Borough Market . It’ll be easiest to walk from the Tower of London. Walk across Tower Bridge instead of London Bridge as shown on the map above. The walk is a bit longer than crossing London Bridge, but historic Tower Bridge is a sight in its own right.

You can tour the Victorian-era engine rooms, as well as climb to the bridge’s upper walkways for gorgeous views over London and the River Thames. Get your Tower Bridge ticket in advance or use The London Pass to visit the bridge.

You can also cross the River Thames with a river bus using your Tube Oyster Card (more on these below) from Tower Pier to London Bridge City Pier.

Once at Borough Market, the market lanes are lined with food and grocers selling every imaginable food item. It’s a great place to sample a variety of foods from all types of global cuisines. Not to mention, no London trip is complete without taking advantage of the city’s amazing international food scene!

From famous falafel to perfectly spiced Indian food, huge skillets of paella, and savory British pies from Pieminster, you’ll be thankful to visit with an empty stomach on your first trip to London and every time you return like I do!

Restaurants and cafes fill the upstairs level and the surrounding streets (in case you’d prefer to sit rather than sample and roam) making this Southwark neighborhood a foodie’s delight.

ProTip: From Borough Market, you’re just a 5-minute walk to The Shard , London’s tallest glass skyscraper to see the highest views over the city. If you have it, you can use your London Pass for access. Be sure to follow the pass instructions to pre-reserve a time.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #2 – Royalty and High Tea

Westminster Abbey – Westminster Tube Stop – Jubilee Line

Coming out of Westminster Station, you’ll immediately be in the shadow of Big Ben and London’s iconic Parliament Building. You can walk back onto the Westminster Bridge to capture fuller photos of these London landmarks. If you’re lucky, you just might get a classic shot with a red doubledecker bus!

Continue on to  Westminster Abbey , just a couple of minutes walking from Big Ben. Westminster Abbey is open to visitors Monday-Saturday from 9:30 a.m until 3:30 p.m. The Abbey is closed on Sundays so keep this in mind when planning your London trip.

Use your  London Pass  to gain access to Westminster. Once inside, admire the architecture and the Abbey’s gorgeous choir room. Westminster is also the final resting place of numerous kings, queens, and dignitaries. You can see the monuments in their honor, as well as learn about their place in history.

If you’re a fan of the Royals, you’ll be visiting the spot where Kate and William were married.

Pro Tip:  If you want to take a ride on the London Eye , it can be included with the stops you make in and around Big Ben because it’s just a short walk over the bridge you see in the photo below. Avoid the lines by choosing the fast-track ticket option. It’s also quite popular to depart from the Westminster Pier for a cruise along the River Thames to take in the sights of London from the water.

History buffs won’t want to miss the Churchill War Rooms. They’re not far from Westminster Abbey, along the edge of St. James’s Park. These rooms served as the secret headquarters for Churchill during WW2. The rooms have been preserved just as they were during the war and give a fascinating look at how Churchill operated and made decisions during this dark time in history.

If your trip to London is 3 days or less and it’s your first visit, this WW2 museum may not be a top priority. But if you or a travel companion is interested in visiting WW2 sights and museums in Europe, The Churchill War Rooms are a great way to divert from the typical first time in London sights.

Buckingham Palace-Green Park Tube Stop-Jubilee, Victoria, & Piccadilly Lines

Next, make your way to  Buckingham Palace  where the  Changing of the Guards  happens.

The ceremony is all pomp and fanfare. The King’s Guard outside the castle has been on watch for hours and the new guard comes to take over in grand style! A marching brigade of guards along with a mounted cavalry and a marching band head up The Mall and through the palace gates.

This ceremony draws a crowd so it’s best to arrive ahead of time so that you can get yourself in a position to see the fanfare. I’ve watched from both the gates of Buckingham Palace and the Queen Victoria Monument directly opposite the palace gates.

You’ll have to choose the location you want because it’s typically too crowded to move from place to place. To get a spot along the fence at Buckingham Palace, be prepared to arrive up to an hour early and wait.

If this is the case, you also may need to reverse the order and visit Westminster Abbey after so that you can stake out your Changing of the Guard spot in the morning.

Pro Tip:  Check the  Changing of the Guard schedule  before you go to make sure the ceremony is planned for the day you intend to visit.

Hyde Park – Hyde Park Corner Tube Stop – Piccadilly Line

When the ceremony is finished, keep those royal juices flowing for a stroll around  Hyde Park . It’s one of the largest parks in London, as well as one of the Royal Parks. Enjoy its monuments, bridges, fountains, gardens, and lake, including the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain.

Finish up with a classic afternoon tea experience at  The Dorchester Hotel .

No doubt, it’s a luxurious splurge, but after having experienced life as a royal, it’s the perfect way to properly finish the experience. From finger sandwiches, scones with clotted cream, sweets, and of course, tea, you’ll have had a quintessential London outing.

Alternatively, if you plan afternoon tea for another day, you might want to visit London’s Natural History Museum or Kensington Palace on the other end of Hyde Park.

The latter has been a royal residence for hundreds of years and was where Princess Diana lived with Princes William and Harry. Today, you can tour the apartments and staterooms and see the sunken gardens where there is a statue of Princess Diana commemorating the 20th anniversary of her death.

While the Natural History Museum displays animal specimens, dinosaurs, and exhibitions about the history of the natural world and the people who evolved in it.

If you intend to walk into Hyde Park and casually make your way towards Kensington Palace or the Natural History Museum, the walk will be broken up by the time spent in the park.

Otherwise, if your aim is to get to either of these sights without a long walk, use the London underground. The Queensway stop along the Central line is the closest to Kensington Palace and the South Kensington stop along the Circle and District lines is near to the Natural History Museum.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #3 – Architecture, Theatre, & Art

St. Paul’s Cathedral – St. Paul’s Tube Stop – Central Line

Start off at  St. Paul’s Cathedral  to admire this Anglican Church’s architecture. You can explore the crypt or head in the opposite direction and climb the dome’s 528 steps for spectacular panoramic London views.

If you have it, entry is included with your London Pass .

Take your time crossing the pedestrian-only Millennium Bridge on your way to the Tate Modern and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. This is a great spot to watch boat traffic along the River Thames.

Tate Modern & The Globe Theatre-Blackfriars Tube Stop-Circle & District Lines

These 2 London attractions are just next to one another.

The  Tate Modern  has a vast permanent collection of modern art by the likes of Henri Matisse and Jackson Pollock, as well as temporary exhibitions. There are beautiful views looking back on St. Paul’s Cathedral and the River Thames, as well.

It’s free to enter the museum and there’s no need to book ahead, unless there is a specific exhibit you’d like to see that requires a reserved space.

The nearby  Globe Theatre  is a replica of Shakespeare’s original which burned in a fire many years ago after the thatched roof was ignited during a production of Henry VIII.

For your first trip to London, you’ll want to use your  London Pass  to tour the theater during the day and hear about its historic past. The Globe also has evening performances during the spring, summer, and fall seasons. The ambiance of the open-air theater makes for a fantastic night out!

Pro Tip:  Check times to coordinate visits to both the Tate Modern and The Globe in a way that lets you see one after the other. The Globe performance tickets sell out so purchase them in advance, especially if you want to see a play on a specific date.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #4 – Artifacts, Landmarks, and Shopping

The British Museum – Tottenham Court Tube Stop – Central & Northern Lines

No trip to London is complete without a stop at The   British Museum . The art and artifacts on display are open free to the public beginning at 10:00 a.m. each day. Highlights include the Rosetta Stone, sculptures from the Parthenon, and a vast Egyptian collection including mummies.

It’s worth checking for any special, limited-time exhibits during your stay. If there’s one you’d like to see, it’s worth buying tickets online or at the museum when you first arrive.

After the museum, spend the afternoon strolling through  Covent Garden  or head over to  Soho  and  Oxford Street  for a shopper’s paradise. Covent Garden is in London’s West End, home to theaters, restaurants, and shops. You’re sure to find anything you’d want to buy from the numerous chain stores, boutiques, and markets.

Pro Tip:  There are many classic London pubs in these neighborhoods. If you haven’t had a plate of fish and chips yet, now’s the time. You can also join a historical pub walking tour to visit some of London’s most iconic pubs.

Leicester Square – Leicester Square Tube Stop – Piccadilly & Northern Lines

Make your way to  Leicester Square  and the heart of London’s Theatre District. It’s super touristy here. Think Times Square-esque…a place where you take a few photos before moving on.

But if you plan to see a musical or a play later (and you certainly should!),  get your discounted tickets at the TKTS booth right in the square for performances that day or night.

There’s crossover between shows in London and New York’s Broadway district. Sometimes, you can even catch a performance in London before it heads to New York City.

Trafalgar Square – Charing Cross Tube Stop – Bakerloo & Northern Lines

Finish your walk at  Trafalgar Square . This iconic London crossroads has monuments, historic buildings, museums, and street performers. It’s an absolute beehive of activity and perfect for taking more classic London photos complete with red double-decker buses passing by on the streets in and around the square.

With any luck, you’ll have time to check out the  National Gallery  right in Trafalgar Square which houses famous paintings by the likes of Vermeer, Monet, Rembrandt, Cezanne, and Leonardo Da Vinci.

Best of all, it’s free to visit, and you can use your  London Pass  Hop On Hop Off double-decker bus ticket to reposition yourself closer to your hotel when you’re done.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #5 – Harry Potter Fans

Harry Potter Studio Tour Meeting Point – Victoria Station – Circle, District & Victoria Lines

Are you traveling with a wannabe wizard dying for a Hogwarts adventure?

Plan a visit to the  Harry Potter and Warner Brothers Studio . Buses leave from Central London and travel to the magical sets of the famed movie and book series. The closest tube stop to the meeting point is Victoria Station. From there, it’s just a few minutes on foot.

You’ll have 4 hours to see places like the Great Hall, Dumbledore’s Office, Diagon Alley, and more! Plus, get to see some of the most famous props and the costumes worn by Harry, Ron, and Hermione.

If you’ve wanted to visit Platform 9 ¾, ride the Hogwarts Express, and attempt to ride a broomstick, then you definitely don’t want to miss escaping the world of Muggles for just a bit on your visit to London!

ProTip: If you want to sprinkle some Harry Potter into your London trip but don’t want to commit a full day to the experience, this Harry Potter Guided Walking Tour is a popular alternative.

Out-of-Town Must-Sees on your First Trip to London

From London, many parts of Britain and the U.K. are easily reachable by train. This makes it possible to visit a couple of popular sites with even just a half day’s worth of time.

Trains run from London to both  Windsor Castle  and  Hampton Court Palace . From their respective train stations, it’s just a few minutes on foot to reach the entry points.

The exquisite staterooms at Windsor Castle are open to the public when the King is not in residence. These rooms are some of the most spectacular castle rooms you’ll see anywhere in the world.

St. George’s Chapel, within the grounds of Windsor Castle, is the final resting spot of Henry VIII and several other Kings and Queens. It’s also where Meghan and Harry were married and the final resting place of Queen Elizabeth II.

Hampton Court Palace is full of Tudor history, as it was a regular stop for Henry VIII and his royal court. The palace creates a historical experience by revealing the inner workings of how the palace operated in its heyday. It’s undoubtedly one of the most interesting and well-preserved looks at Tudor history, as well as what life was like during this period.

Look out for King Henry VIII himself, as visitors can watch the King interact with Anne Boleyn or flirt with his soon-to-be next wife, Jane Seymour. Leave some time for the palace’s gardens and maze.

Pro Tip:  Windsor Castle and Hampton Court Palace are both included with the  London Pass . Get Fast Track Entry at Hampton Court to maximize your time and avoid any entry line.

If you have extra days in your itinerary, consider a London day trip to:

• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, and Bath
• The Cotswolds
• Highclere Castle (Downton Abbey) & the Filming Locations

If you’re planning a trip to England, rent a car and drive into the English countryside when your time in London is done. I’ve done this to spend time exploring places like Stratford-Upon-Avon , the Cotswolds villages , and Warwick Castle .

It’s a perfect way to add on to an England itinerary and explore more of what the country has to offer beyond London.

Best Area to Stay in London

Where to stay in London is one of the most frequently asked questions for anyone planning a trip. It’s understandable. You want to be somewhere conveniently located, safe, and within your travel budget.

London’s neighborhoods and districts each have their own unique charm and flavor. And while some might say you should absolutely stay in the heart of the most touristy areas of the city, I think the most important thing when choosing where to stay in London is to  stay somewhere with convenient access to the Tube. 

You shouldn’t be hesitant to book a hotel or rental accommodation that’s a few Tube stops away from popular attractions. You can truly get nearly anywhere in London very quickly by using the underground train system.

That being said, you don’t want to stay too far from the heart of London, either. The city is big and the Tube rides from London’s outer neighborhoods can take upwards of an hour back to the center.

Ideally, you want to find a London hotel that matches your travel budget, close to a Tube station, in a relatively center-ish location. Example neighborhoods include Seven Dials, Covent Garden, Westminster, Soho, and near Southwark along the south bank.

Below, I’ve shared a couple of hotels where I’ve stayed. They’re in different budget categories and neighborhoods, and they have convenient Tube access.

I’ve had excellent hotel points and paid stays at several London hotels including the ones listed below.

Radisson Blu Edwardian Mercer Street Hotel  – The hotel is located in the Seven Dials neighborhood near Covent Garden, the West End’s Theatre district, pubs, and my favorite Indian restaurant, Dishoom. Rooms are a classic modern boutique style for which Radisson Blu hotels are known.

Holiday Inn Express London-Southwark  – Just a 10-minute walk to Borough Market, the Tate Modern, or the Globe Theatre, with a Tube station nearby. This hotel is on the south bank of the city not far from the Southwark Tube station.

London Rental Accommodations

During my travels, I’ve also opted for apartment and home rentals. You feel more like a local and oftentimes can save money because you’re able to prepare your own breakfast or share the overall cost with family members or friends. Not to mention, you can find truly unique places to stay with awesome views or even discover a new neighborhood!

London is the perfect destination to consider a rental accommodation over a hotel because hotels aren’t cheap(!) and London is well-connected with its underground trains.

My go-to place to search for rental accommodations is Plum Guide . They vet the properties on their site using “Home Critics” and only select the best properties in a variety of price brackets. Plum Guide even offers phone support 24/7 should you need any help or have questions.

How Many Days to Spend in London

As with most places, you can spend an extended period of time and still not see and do everything a fantastic city like London has to offer.

If it’s your first time in London, you likely will focus on the most popular attractions and experiences that interest you. For this, you’ll need 3-4 days to explore and make use of the London itinerary ideas in this guide.

With 4+ days in London, you can also use a day to visit a popular sight just outside of London or even  get off the beaten path .

London is a great city to explore. It’s also the perfect jumping-off point for future trips to Europe. It’s not complicated to add a couple of days in London as a stopover before continuing on to another destination in Europe.

Arrival into London

The  Heathrow Express  is a quick and efficient way to get into the city from London Heathrow Airport. The train leaves every 15 minutes and arrives in just about the same time to Paddington Station.

You can book your tickets online or using the Heathrow Express App. Not only will this save you any hassle at the airport, but you’ll also save money. Heathrow Express prices are lower the further you book in advance.

Gatwick Airport also has an  express train  which arrives at Victoria Station. Trains run every 15 minutes and take a half-hour to reach London.

Similarly, the express train from Gatwick offers considerable discounts for booking online and ahead of time.

The airports also have commuter trains, buses, and taxis to get you into London. Except for the taxis, these options are less expensive than the express trains mentioned above but do take more time.

You can check prices and schedules for  Southern Railways  from Gatwick to compare.

In addition, from London Heathrow, you can take the Tube. Trains along the Picadilly and Elizabeth lines connect terminals 2, 3, 4, and 5. The ride takes between 45-50 minutes to reach central London but is less expensive than the Heathrow Express.

From Paddington and Victoria Stations in London, you’ll have access to the  London Tube  with lines spreading across the city, as well as a taxi queue at ground level. Most taxis take credit cards but be aware of the occasional cash-only sign in a taxi’s window.

Pro Tip:  My recommendation is to use an express train or the Tube (from/to Heathrow), for a quick and easy trip to London’s city center or even directly to your hotel. Avoid London traffic and expensive taxi rides.

If you’d prefer to arrange transportation and/or avoid taking the trains, consider booking a car with Welcome Pickups  to transfer to the city. Although I’ve only used the trains to get from Heathrow to London, I’ve used Welcome Pickups in several other European cities and always had a great experience.

This will be a much more affordable option compared to a London taxi. The price will be a flat rate, as opposed to paying based on the taxi’s metered fare which can get quite high with even the smallest amount of traffic

How to get around London

London is very pedestrian-friendly and you’re bound to do a good amount of walking during your London trip. Remember, cars are on the opposite side of the road compared to the U.S., so you need to LOOK RIGHT when crossing the road. When in doubt, just look both ways before crossing.

Along the Thames, the riverwalk is a clear path connected with several bridges to help you cross to the other side as frequently as you need.

In addition, London’s Tube (subway) is reliable, easy to navigate, and stretches across the city. The announcements are clear and the lines are identified with colors and names, like Central, District, and Piccadilly. Given how big London is, you’ll need to rely on public transportation to maximize the time you have rather than always walking long distances.

As with getting to London from the airport, taxis are expensive in London and get even pricier when traffic is heavy. It’s best to go underground to save time, money, and patience.

Visitors staying for a few days can get an Oyster Card for easy use and refills in the Tube. Your Oyster Card is good for your first trip to London and every return trip thereafter!

London Pass  purchases come with the option to add a visitor’s Oyster Card. I would skip this option because the card takes several weeks to be physically mailed to you. You can also save more money by simply using a regular Oyster Card or the Tube’s contactless payment system because it will cap how much you’ll pay each day automatically.

Use a contactless credit card to pay to enter the Tube, as well as a mobile device like a smartphone with Apple Pay, Google Pay, or Samsung Pay. Just be sure you’re using a card with no foreign transaction fees.

A few things to keep in mind when paying to access the Tube.

• Use the same card or device when you touch in and out at the yellow card readers. The London Tube caps how much you’ll pay. So, you can ride as much as you want in a day or a week and you’ll never pay more than the capped price.
• If you don’t use the same card or device, the Tube card readers won’t be able to accurately cap the amount you pay.
• If you’re using a device like a smartphone, be sure you have enough battery power. You need to touch in and out of the Tube. You also need to use your phone all day otherwise the system can’t cap the amount you pay.
• You can pay for another person if you are traveling together. (They will need to touch out of the Tube and can’t do it without your card or device.) You’ll need to pay for yourself with a separate card or device.

London Tips for Your First Trip

As you plan things to do in London and where to stay in London, also take into consideration the tips below. They’ve come from 3 separate trips to London and a lot of travel experience overall.

The best time to visit London is during spring and fall.

Visiting London in the shoulder/winter season months, April-June and September-November, are the perfect combination of moderate to cool temperatures and fewer visitors. January to March can also be a good time to visit if you’re not bothered by colder temperatures and prefer to visit during the least busy time of year.

Summer can be very busy, making the next London travel tip even that much more important.

Book as many things as possible in advance.

Not only will things like the London Pass or advance fast-track tickets help you save time and money, but it’ll eliminate indecisiveness about what to do while you’re in London and who to trust when you eventually buy the tickets, tours, and passes you want.

Use a credit card with no foreign transaction fees.

London isn’t a budget destination. The last thing you want to add to the currency exchange are fees from your credit card once you get your bill back home.

Credit cards are widely accepted throughout London and also remove the necessity to convert and carry large amounts of dollars to British pounds.

ProTip: When paying by credit card or using your debit card to withdraw money at an ATM, always pay in the local currency (Pounds) and/or decline the currency conversion. This is a sneaky way to convert your money at a less-than-desirable rate.

Wear comfortable walking shoes.

I know this seems obvious but it truly can’t be understated. As someone who lives in New York City, I can always recognize a visitor who’s regretting his/her shoe choice.

These are the most comfortable shoes I’ve ever worn. I wear them walking around New York City and they’re a staple I pack for nearly every trip I take. You can walk miles without any irritation or blisters.

Check for service charges.

Tipping isn’t obligatory in London. In fact, service charges are often added to bills at restaurants and pubs. That being said, if you’re happy with your service, you always leave a small amount as a gesture of appreciation.

Pack the right electrical converters.

Most commonly, you’ll need a Type G converter to plug into the outlets throughout the U.K. I’ve encountered one place where this wasn’t the case. So, it’s smart to also have a universal adapter with USB ports, too.

London Trip Planner FAQs

How do i start planning a trip to london.

To plan a trip to London, first, decide how many days you’ll spend in the city. Then, book your hotel. You’ll find more options and competitive pricing the further in advance you book. After this, plan your London itinerary. Make a list of the sights and activities you want to see and do. Then, group them by area to logically plan what to do without backtracking. Be sure to book ahead as many things as possible to save time and to ensure you can visit places on the days that make sense for your London itinerary.

How many days should I plan for London?

As you plan a trip to London, you’ll need at least 3-4 days to comfortably see the city’s top sights and attractions. London is a very large city with an endless number of things to see and do. You can easily plan a trip to London for a week and have plenty to fill your itinerary.

What time of year is best to go to London?

The absolute best months for a perfect combination of weather and number of visitors is from April to June and September through November. January to March can also be a good time to visit London because fewer people are visiting during this time. Summers come with big crowds and long lines.

What is the best area to stay in London?

The best area to stay in London is in the heart of the city, especially if you’re visiting London for the first time, and within walking distance of a Tube station. These include neighborhoods like Seven Dials, Covent Garden, Westminster, Soho, and along the south bank near the Southwark area.

Where should I go on my first trip to London?

For your first London trip, plan to see the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the British Museum, Covent Garden, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Buckingham Palace, and the iconic view of Big Ben and Parliament from Westminster Bridge. You should also plan to have afternoon tea, eat at Borough Market, go to a play or musical, and glimpse London from above at the London Eye or the Shard.

First Trip to London – Bottom Line

You have chosen a fantastic city to visit, full of important landmarks, historic sights, good food, and fun experiences. With some advance planning, you’ll arrive in London prepared with your itinerary and know-how to navigate the city confidently for an unforgettable trip.

So, what questions do you have about your first trip to London or about planning a London itinerary?

Like this post? Please share it on social media using the share buttons below!

Related Posts

Why You Should Drive the Icefields Parkway + Trip Planning Tips

3 Reasons to Visit Banff National Park Immediately

76 thoughts on “the ultimate cheat sheet for your first trip to london”.

I have been to London several times, but I found your guide and itineraries very helpful!

I’m so glad, Chrysoula! Thanks for reading. 🙂

Such a great guide! I’ve been to nearly 50 countries and still not the UK, so I’ll have to remember to come back to this article when I finally make it to London 🙂

Thanks, Tamara! 50 countries is quite an accomplishment! Awesome. Glad the guide will be useful when you make it to London. 🙂

Somehow I wish I’ve read this post before my first trip to London. Then I wouldn’t have skipped many experiences listed here) Thank you for putting this up! I’ve pinned it as well (maybe I’ll visit London again, then I’ll need it for sure)

Thanks for reading and sharing on Pinterest, Natalia. 🙂 Here’s to hoping you make it back to London soon!

Love the Pro Tops plus how you broke each day down into categories. What a great way to see London! I also like how you included things to see if it is your first time there. Going anywhere for the first time can be so overwhelming!

Especially in a big place like London, Bryanna. It’s nice to break it up and make the most of your time.

You made me want to visit London again! Love the way you divided the itinerary with themes and suggestions for good food. London is such a huge city and planning a trip there for the first time can be overwhelming, you just make it so easy! Cheers,

Thanks, Natalie! Sometimes, it’s just easier to work on trip planning in small chunks. 😉

I’ve been to London a few times, but I’ve never made it to the Windsor Castle or the Hampton Court Palace. There is just so much to do in the city and its surroundings, but you’ve highlighted the must-sees in a very comprehensive and informative post. I’d love to go back and take more advantage of the free museums, especially the National Gallery!

Next trip, Erika, take some time for Windsor Castle and/or Hampton Court Palace. They’re well worth your time. 🙂

Wish I had your cheat-sheet on m first trip to London! You certainly covered all the hot spots and then some. I can’t wait to go back and hit the places I missed.

Thanks, Sue. A return trip to London is always a good idea. 🙂

Loved your tips! I’ve pinned and will reference during my London trip planning. Can you share a bit more about the oyster card?

Thanks, Amanda! I’m so glad the post is helpful for planning your London trip. The oyster card is a plastic card you can use for quick and easy entry to the London’s metro, buses, and many commuter trains. The card is 5 pounds to buy, after which you load some money onto it. The fare you’ll pay for a metro ride with the oyster card will be cheaper than if you had simply purchased a single ticket for the ride. The Oyster card also caps off what you’d pay in a day making sure you never pay more than had you bought a day pass travel card. Hope that helps! 🙂

I love the addition of the pro tips, especially times of day best to visit. I do love London, but timed a few things wrong, ending up in bigger crowds than I like.

Thanks, Rhonda. I certainly know that feeling of being in a crowd and wanting to be anyplace but there! Glad the pro tips will help for your next London trip. 🙂

Hi Jackie! Any tips for going to London with a toddler? Going to London this Wednesday and I’m going to use your cheat sheet! Thanks!

Hi Jen! So exciting to hear about your trip. 🙂 I’d definitely do the London Eye, but book tickets ahead of time online to skip the line. The Changing of the Guard with its parade, music, and horses are also toddler-friendly. He’ll get in free to the London underground, but if you don’t want to do that, go for the Hop on Hop off Bus Tour. The pirate-themed Princess Diana Playground in Hyde Park is also supposed to be a big hit. Not sure if he’s too young, but the I’d also look at the Natural History Museum, the National Maritime and/or Transport Museum, and maybe a show like Lion King. If that show is too long, how about The Gruffalo? It’s based on the kids book and is less than an hour long. Let me know if you have any more questions and have a great trip!! 🙂

Awesome, thank you for this! I printed out your cheat sheet & 8′ using it for our guide! Thanks!

Great! Hope you have a fantastic trip, Jen!

I’m actually from London, yes all these places are great, but you haven’t mentioned how expensive they can be. Most museums and art galleries are free and fantastic but eating at fancy hotels is only for the rich! Try to go to restaurants and pubs that are not in the tourist areas and you’ll be much better value for your money. As for traditional fish and chips, there is a great place in Waterloo road called Superfish. It’s the best around and very reasonable. Lots of London Taxi drivers eat there, so you know it’s good!

Hi, Joanne and thanks for the tip about Superfish! It’s so great to get that from a local. Totally agreed about eating in hotels, too expensive. I only splurged on the Dorchester Tea because we wanted to have a fancy afternoon. Thanks again for reading. 🙂

Hi, thank you for your tips. We’re going to London ne te may, my husband and I. Do you recommend Stonehenge ?

Hi Helene, Thanks for reading and commenting. You know, as many times as I have been to London, I have not made it to Stonehenge. To help you, I’m linking to another blog post all about visiting Stonehenge written by a blogger friend of mine. She’s got some great tips. Hope that helps! 🙂

There are some great tips here. I’m planning a trip to London during the high season with a variety of ages from grandmother, 4x 30 year olds, 4 kids between the ages of 8-3, and 2 newborns. Aiaiai. Just trying to get a place to eat together will be challenging. I loved your tips about the Oyster card, and pre-booking tickets, It saves lots of time to book in advance so that you are not waiting in line for tickets, and then waiting in another line for entry. Depending on how early you book it also puts that block of tickets on separate credit card bill instead of all at once. Just a tip from how I travel with all the children and trying to be budget concsious, I usually stop in a local grocery store and grab the 3 (pound, I don’t have the symbol on my keyboard) meal deal, Its filling and usually healthy. If you have any more kid friendly tips I’d love to hear them. Thanks for the guide, I found you on Pintrest, and will make sure to repin.

Thanks for reading, Erin, and for repinning on Pinterest. I appreciate it. 🙂 Sounds like your trip is set to make some amazing multi-generational memories. Thanks for sharing your food tip. London has great parks to make use of when the kids need a break. Hyde Park has paddle boats for rent and a great playground and fountain. St. James Park also has a popular playground. Enjoy your trip!

Do you have more ideas? We will be in London for 10 days. We will do all you mention but we need more?

Hi June, Thanks so much for reading and so exciting about your upcoming trip to London! 🙂 A couple other sites/places I’d recommend is Kensington Palace and if you’re at all a history buff, the Churchill War Rooms. If you’re doing all of that plus these last 2, check out the London Pass to save some money. Also, check out Free Tours by Foot and Sandeman’s free walking tours. If you’re interested in street art and/or learning more about London’s ethnic food scene check out a tour in the Shoreditch neighborhood. With 10 days, you can also plan day trips out of the city if you want. The Cotswolds Warwick Castle , and/or Stratford upon Avon are just a couple of hours drive, as are Stonehenge and Bath. Even Paris is a doable day trip with the Chunnel train taking just 2ish hours. Good luck and enjoy your trip!

Thanks for the tip about the London Pass! We went last year and no one told us about it, and we are going back in October and still want to do many of the activities included in the pass. Sounds like a great value!

Fantastic, Dana. I hope your trip is fantastic and enjoy the London Pass! Thanks so much for reading. 🙂

The best North Indian food is in southall (West London), trains run from Paddington. Brilliant Restaurant highly recommended..

Thanks Preetvan for the tip! 🙂

It’s ravens that you find at the Tower of London, not crows!

Thanks for that! I have no bird ID skills! 🙂

Thanks for your post; definitely adding it to my Pinterest board. I’m heading there for Spring Break with my husband and three teenage girls. We have eight days (flying into Gatwick and out of Paris-CDG). How do you suggest we split the days between London and Paris? And what would your top recommendations be?

Thanks for reading, Sheath. So exciting about your upcoming family trip to London and Paris. Both cities have so much to see and do, it all depends on your interests. You can easily split your time in half, although the Francophile in me says to give yourself an extra day in Paris. Not sure if you’re into theatre, but a night out to see a show in London’s West End is unforgettable. Tower of London, Shakespeares Globe, Borough Market, high tea are all at the top of my London first time list. For Paris, visit the top of Notre Dame in the morning, Arc de Triomphe at dusk, Sainte-Chappelle, Musee de l’Orangerie, and wander through 4th, 5th, and 6th arrondissements for tucked away shops and cafes as a start to your Paris visit. Hope that helps and have soo much fun! 🙂

Thank you for this cheat sheet. Great tips and ideas. My best friend and I are traveling to Europe for our 40th birthdays in March. We are spending about 2 1/2 days in London. It seems you were recommended traveling by way of the tube for most everything. I had been looking at the Hop On and Off Bus before reading your cheat sheet. Would you recommend skipping the bus and just using the tube?

Hi Heather, Thanks for reading. London is such a great city for a friends birthday trip! I would still recommend the Tube. The traffic in London can be horrible and Hop on Hop off buses can get stuck in it with the rest of the vehicles. With 2 1/2 days, getting underground will help you maximize your time getting from place to place. Enjoy your trip! -Jackie

Do you have any recommendations for visiting in December (just prior to Christmastime)? My family and I will be arriving on a Monday and departing on Thursday (for Germany), flying in and out of Stansted. It will be myself, my husband, and our 2 kids, ages 20 and (will turn while we’re in London) 17 year old (boy and girl). My husband is normally into things like the museums, but he’s the type that would need several days in any one museum (he literally reads each and every plaque, and doesn’t miss a display, LOL). So, because we’re limited on time, we’ll probably skip museums until another time. My husband and I are doing Harry Potter/WB Studios on Tuesday (I’m a big fan, kids not so much) and we’re letting them go off on their own. Will definitely be getting Oyster Cards.

Any other recommendations, especially since will will be cold weather? Thanks!

Thanks for reading, Cammi. I’d definitely try and see a show, be it one in the west end or a special Christmas themed show or concert. I’d also like to see the seasonal attractions like the winter wonderland in Hyde Park and all the lights around the city. I’m a cold weather gal so I love to get outside. But just in case of super cold weather, I’d have 1 museum in mind just as a back up if you need to warm up. Not sure if your hubby has seen the Churchill War rooms not far from Westminster, but I highly recommend. Enjoy your trip!

My husband and I leave for our first ever trip abroad, London, in less than a week! The ironic and very strange thing is that as soon as I read the title of our article was that the authors last name is Sills. That is MY maiden name and some of my father’s family still lives in England! Dad himself, Charles Sills, was actually born in London! We will be visiting some Sills relatives in Suffolk on our trip!

Anyway, thanks for the great articles!

Sincerely, Elizabeth (Sills) Hurd

Hi Elizabeth, Thanks for reading and omg! My maiden name is Sills as well! I have done a ton of family research but always run into a dead end trying to figure out more about the George Sills who came over from England to the U.S. back in the 1800s. That’s so amazing you’ll be combining your tip with some ancestry travel. I hope you have a great trip and enjoy meeting your relatives! Thanks again for reading the blog. 🙂 Jackie

Nice tips overall. Anyway, thanks for the great articles!

Thanks for reading, Brandy. 🙂

I must say this is an ultimate post for travelers who are looking for trip to London at affordable cost. You have covered everything in your post such as best places to stay, which is really helpful.

Thanks for reading, Sandeep. Happy travels to London!

Your blog is amazing – thanks for all the incredible ideas. We are considering going to London for Spring Break (March 8-17, 2019). Would you recommend going at his time ….will the weather be agreeable? Thanks, Stacey

Thanks for reading, Stacey, and for your kind words. So, it’ll likely still be chilly, but I’d say yes, go! Take this with the knowledge that I live in NYC and walk around in all kinds of weather and that I love visiting Europe in the off-season. I’d rather have cooler temps and fewer crowds. Plus, with London’s Underground/Subway, you can so easily pop underground and get around if you needed to escape the weather for a bit. Not to mention with delicious tea, scones, English pies, and Indian food, there’s plenty to warm you up! 🙂 Thanks again for reading.

very informative blog love to read it. i got so many new ideas about London. Thanks for sharing and it will help me during my visit to London. [LINK EDITED OUT]

Thanks for reading, Mickey. Enjoy London. 🙂

Love this guide and the one for Portugal also. Now if I could print it and store it in my travel file folder for easier access when I go to London. Thanks for writing these detailed trip reports – they are extremely helpful

Thanks do much for reading, Jane. You can download the London cheat sheet to help with your travels. 🙂

Going to the Harry Potter Studios by bus from Central London is the silliest thing to do. It takes too long AND you can only stay at the studios until the time your bus would take you back (about 4 hours) – not enough time for a true Harry Potter fan. It is fastest and easiest to go by train from Euston Station to Watford Junction (Oyster can be used) and takes about 30minutes. The studio has buses at Watford Junction to take you there – it takes just about 10 minutes. We stayed over 7 hours at the studios – my kids would start a riot if we had to leave after some 4 hours only!

Thanks for reading, Deesi! And great tips! Appreciate you sharing. 🙂

Your blog is amazing. How do I download the cheat sheet??

Thank you ~Alison

Thanks so much for reading, Alison. All you need to do is fill in the fields on the cheat sheet sign up box. It’ll get sent to you. 🙂 So glad the blog has been helpful for you.

If you have enough time you should certainly consider Kew Gardens and Greenwich. You can take the clipper down the river to Greenwich. Also Kenwood is free to visit and set in beautiful grounds on Hampstead Heath. Don’t pay to go up the Shard. Book the free tickets for Skygarden three weeks ahead. Or go up the tower at Tate Modern. Children like all these places but as other people have said the parks are lovely and all different. It’s lovely to see this thread still working and growing after such a long time. Well done!!!

Thanks for reading and sharing your London tips, Marian! I didn’t know that about the Shard!

The Dorchester is indeed a great hotel, but the very best Afternoon Tea has to be the Ritz.

Thanks for reading and sharing, David. I have heard great things about the afternoon tea at the Ritz. I’ll have to try it next time I’m in London. 🙂

Thank you for sharing this info about London. I am planning to visit in a neaxt month.

Thanks for reading, Alina. Have fun in London. 🙂

Amazing. you have told very easy and splendid ways for exploring London. London is my favourite place to travel and for food too. I love the food Enjoy!

Thanks for reading, Amy. Glad you had great travels to London. 🙂

My niece and I want to go to London. We’ve considered a tour group, but the itinerary is limited, I enjoyed reading your cheat sheet. It was interesting, and we got very excited at the thought of actually visiting the sites, Have you ever traveled there in December? I am a teacher and my big break is in the month of December, I don’t want to go and freeze! The travel dates would be between December 14th and December 24th. Any tips would be appreciated. Thank you.

Rebecca and Brooke

Thanks for reading, Rebecca and Brooke. I haven’t been to London in the winter but I’ve been to many other cities in Europe in winter like Paris, Prague, Budapest, Munich, and more, also during my winter school breaks! I’m probably not the most objective person on this as I live in NYC and walk around outside all winter long. But I love European cities around Christmas. Yes, it’s chilly. But if you dress right the charm and the ambiance is unforgettable. I’d highly recommend a London Christmas visit! If you want some freedom to explore mixed with a few organized activities, plan a couple of day tours instead of something more comprehensive. The London Pass is also a great way to see what’s popular while saving money by bundling sightseeing costs. Hope this helps and you have a great trip! 😉

Thank you so much. We are moving ahead with our plans. I agree, if you dress appropriately, the weather will not be a factor.. Again, I really learned a lot from your cheat sheet and have read it many times.

Thanks for reading, Rebecca and Brooke. 🙂 So glad to hear the cheat sheet was helpful. I hope you have a wonderful trip to London.

Heathrow express!! Saved me so much time! So glad I read this.

Thanks for reading, Scott. Yep, the Heathrow Express makes things super easy! 🙂

Thanks for informative sharing. I must say that your shared information is very useful for me as well as other readers.

Glad to hear it, William. Thanks for reading.

Hello Jackie, I am at the beginning of planning a second Girls Trip to London, and the country side of England. The first was with a group of high school girls friends,(tons of fun) and this one will be with all my sister in laws. Both groups are in their early 60’s. I appreciated the link to the GO transportation site. I like the idea of a van to haul us all to the hotel from Heathrow. There will be six of us in this up coming trip. There were only four on the high school trip. We all squeezed into one cab, and shared the cost. I don’t think we can squeeze six ladies and luggage into a cab, so the van idea sounds good. I suggested a cab for the HS group, knowing it is the more expensive way to get from the airport. I knew we would be sharing the cost AND also with the age of the group, didn’t think we (or I ) would want to be dragging our luggage in and out of tube trains. They were all ok with the idea of a cab. Also one thing I tell anyone I know who is on their way over, WEAR COMFORTABLE SHOES!!! I know they aren’t always the most fashionable, but gee, your feet will thank you at the end of the day. No new shoes that haven’t been wore in yet either. One last thought– the HS trip was a full week in London, so we all decided that the London Pass would be a good idea– and it was! The Shard visit alone would have cost 50 pounds for one person to enter. The payable sites do add up. All worth seeing, but can get pricy. Not so sure it will be worth it for this sister in law trip, we won’t be spending as much time in London. Thanks for the time and research you put into this travel blog. Very enjoyable read. 🙂

Thanks so much for reading, Deborah! So exciting to be planning another trip (and a Girls Trip, even better!) to London. Thanks for sharing your experiences, too. Totally agree on comfortable shoes! My go-to’s for lots of walking (live in NYC) and traveling (one pair is with me on every trip) are Allbirds . In fact, I just bought 2 new pairs (Tree Runner & Wool Runner) since I’ve worn my others out. If anyone in your group or you are looking for something comfy, definitely give these shoes a look. Enjoy your trip to London and come back if there are any questions I can answer. Thanks again for reading. 🙂

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Privacy Overview

4 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 4 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You’re planning to spend 4 days in London and you’re looking for the best things to do?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 4-day itinerary in London.

During your trip, you will discover all must-see attractions of the city such as Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Soho, Camden Town and a lot more!

In addition to the best places to visit and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 4 days? Where to stay?

Let’s find out!

1. The London Pass

4 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 4-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern museum, a. saint paul’s cathedral, b. the city, c. the tower of london, d. tower bridge, e. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, a. hampstead village, b. camden town, c. regent’s park, d. abbey road (optional), e. madame tussauds or the british museum, where to stay in london, london in 4 days with kids, more things to do during your 4 days in london, map of your 4-day itinerary in london, find the best flight prices for your 4 days in london, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

Since London is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world , it’s really useful to know how to avoid queuing for hours to see the iconic landmarks of England’s capital.

Every day, thousands of visitors flock to the Tower of London or Westminster Abbey.

You probably agree that there’s nothing more irritating than seeing your plans for your 4 days in London shattered because you lost 3 hours waiting around!

Fortunately, there are 2 very simple solutions to avoid the inconvenience and not miss any of the must-see sites during your 4 days in London.

Here are the details:

To save as much time (and money!) as possible during your 4-day itinerary in London, the first option is to buy the London Pass.

This type of city pass exists for all the most touristic cities around the word.

The London Pass will give you direct access to the most famous sites without having to queue to get your tickets first.

The great thing is that it’s a digital pass , so you can download your London Pass directly on your smartphone and scan it at the entrance of each attractions included in the pass.

Valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on the option you choose), the London Pass works by giving you tourist credits. They are deducted each time you visit a tourist site in London:

For example the 4-day London Pass comes with 515 credits, which corresponds to 515€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 147€ to buy!!

It’s undoubtedly the most comprehensive pass if you’re spending 4 days in London!

What’s included in the London Pass:

• Entry to the main must-see attractions of my itinerary: Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge… It’s quite simple: the 80 best attractions in London are included!
• A trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus, which is a great way to see London without wearing yourself out, especially if you’ve decided to visit London with your kids or don’t want to walk too much.
• Discounts in certain souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city, including opening hours and how to get to each attraction.

To buy your London City Pass, you simply need to click on the button below:

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass which works a bit differently.

You will need to purchase a pass based on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here!

2. Fast track tickets for London’s best tourist attractions

To visit London in 4 days, you can also buy skip the line tickets individually.

Just like the London Pass, they will allow you to access the monuments and tourist attractions without queuing.

There’s a really long list of fast track tickets available for the main historic landmarks and activities you can do in London during your 4-day trip.

For your convenience, I have listed a few of them below . You’ll also find them mentioned throughout this article.

To book, simply click on the attractions names (in orange) or on the green buttons you will find in this guide.

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP Visit
• Tower of London
• Cruise on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – Awesome if you like Harry Potter’s universe!
• The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

4 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

Now let’s see what you can do during your 4-day itinerary in London

For each day of your stay, I will give you all the details you need to organize your visits , as well as a map showing the attractions of the day.

I assume that you’ll be spending 4 full days in London and that you’ve already purchased your London Pass or your fast track tickets.

This way, you won’t waste time waiting in line to buy tickets and will be able to see as many places as possible during your 4 day stay.

And if you have any questions once you’ve read this article or just need help planning your holiday, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of this article.

So, what should you see during your 4 days in London?

First day – the historic centre

Day 1 tourist attractions:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

The best way to start your 4 days in London is for sure to go admire the city’s most iconic landmark.

So first, let’s head to the famous Big Ben , located in London’s historic centre.

Built on the banks of the Thames in 1858, the 106 metres high Elizabeth Tower (Big Ben is actually the name of the bell inside the tower!) features 4 clocks located on each faces of the tower. Each clock is 7 metres in diameter!

Big Ben is part of the Palace of Westminster , perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

If you were thinking of going to the top of the Elizabeth Tower and admiring the view from up high, it’s sadly not that simple: to get to the top of Big Ben, you have to submit an official request.

There’s a few months waiting list and, in addition, you have to be a UK resident.

Continue your visit on foot by heading to Westminster Abbey , located right next to Big Ben.

This historic landmark is the place where many kings and queens have been crowned , including the current monarch Queen Elizabeth II.

Inside the abbey, you can see the tombs of many past kings and queens, including the one of the famous Mary, Queen of Scots .

If you want to learn more about the history of the abbey, you should take an audio guide at the entrance.

The audio guide can be configured to do one of the several tours offered: a short 30 minutes tour, the standard 1 hour tour or the “more fun” tour for families with children.

If you’re visiting Westminster Abbey during your 4 days in London, you really need to buy your fast track ticket if you want to avoid queuing for 2 hours at the entrance!

If you’ve bought the London Pass , entrance is included. Otherwise, you’ll need to buy a fast track ticket by clicking on the button below:

Given your itinerary for the day, you should get to the abbey at the opening (9.30 am on weekdays, 9.00 am on Saturdays and closed on Sundays).

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Let’s now head to Buckingham Palace .

The royal residence is another historic landmark you must see during your 4 days in London!

Situated about 1km from Westminster Abbey , it will only take you around 15 minutes to get there on foot.

For a more immersive experience, you should go in the morning so that you can watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony. It takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays.

It’s an impressive show that follows the rhythm of the band, and that will delight young and old alike.

The Changing of the Guard begins at 11.00 am and lasts for around 40 minutes, but you should get to Buckingham early to secure a good spot. The ceremony attracts thousands of spectators every day, so you won’t be alone!

The Changing of the Guard ceremony is cancelled if it rains . You can check whether it’s taking place on the online calendar .

You can only visit the interior of Buckingham Palace during 2 months of the year, generally in August and September. As the places are very limited, you will need to book as early as possible.

You have a choice between 3 different tickets (click on the orange links):

• Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the reception chambers
• Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery featuring a large collection of works of art
• Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) , where the Royal Family’s carriages are kept.

Once you’ve enjoyed watching the Queen’s soldiers parade to the sound of the band, continue your 4-day trip to London by heading to Trafalgar Square.

It’s a 15-20-minute walk to get there through St James’s Park, a public park with lovely flowerbeds just opposite the Palace.

You’ll probably recognise this famous square with its 4 big statues of black lions . It’s a lively spot where you can watch street performances and enjoy a bite to eat.

While you’re at Trafalgar Square, you should visit the National Gallery.

Like all the national museums in London, entrance is free of charge . So you have no excuse to miss one of the city’s most beautiful museums , founded in 1824 and renowned throughout the world.

Here, you’ll discover a rich collection of European paintings, including original works by Van Gogh, Monet, Cézanne, Rembrandt, Picasso, Leonardo da Vinci and more.

You can grab and audio guide at the entrance , and then opt for one of the several itinerary options to see the museum (including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind).

Opening times can be found on the official website.

After this culture break, let’s continue your 4-day stay in London by returning to the historic centre (a 15 to 20-minute walk – or you can of course take the bus).

The London Eye is located on the banks of the Thames , very close to Big Ben. You have probably already spotted during the morning!

While you’re in London, you shouldn’t miss the opportunity of a ride on the London Eye: the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe allows you to enjoy an incredible panoramic view over the whole of London.

Get ready to ascend to more than 130 metres high in spacious enclosed capsules that can accommodate up to 25 people. As the wheel turns very slowly, the full ride takes 30 minutes.

You need to book your ticket for the London Eye in advance by clicking on the button below:

If you prefer, you can opt for a combined ticket which offers a great value for money: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

To end your first day in London on a cultural touch, you can visit 2 more must-see London museums.

The Tate Britain and Tate Modern museums are both located by the Thames , one on the north bank and the other on the south bank.

A river bus operates between the two galleries every 30 minutes, so you can easily visit them one after the other if you wish to.

Opened in 1897, the Tate Britain houses a magnificent collection dedicated to classical British art . You can appreciate works by Turner, Hogarth and William Blake in particular.

The Tate Modern is dedicated to modern art .

Entry to the two museums is free of charge, and the opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night , you can switch the Tate museums with the London Eye and do the Ferris wheel at the end of the day.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for Embankment Pier , located on the Thames. Take the river bus to Millbank Pier , it will drop you at the entrance to the Tate Britain. For the Tate Modern , get off at Bankside Pier.

2nd day: Things to do and see in London

Day 2 tourist attractions:

A. St Paul’s Paul’s Cathedral B. The City of London C. The Tower of London D. Tower Bridge E. The Shard

Located in the City of London business district, St Paul’s Cathedral is a must-see landmark if you have the chance to spend 4 days in London.

This baroque-style cathedral was built in the 17th century to replace the old church that was destroyed by fire in 1666.

In St Paul’s Cathedral, you can discover:

• The wonderful nave
• The mysterious Whispering Gallery and its incredible acoustics
• The Stone Gallery
• The Golden Gallery and its fantastic panoramic view over the city
• The crypt , featuring tombs of several famous British figures, including the Duke of Wellington and Sir Christopher Wren, the architect of St Paul’s Cathedral.

Entry to St Paul’s cathedral is included in the London Pass .

If you don’t have the City Pass, you can book fast track tickets by clicking on the button below:

After visiting the cathedral, you will stay a bit more in the City of London district.

London’s business district , which is also its geographical centre, is well worth spending some time in.

Take a stroll through the streets and admire the area’s most iconic landmark : nicknamed The Gherkin , this unusually shaped skyscraper is also sometimes called “The suppository”!😆

If you book your place in advance on the Sky Garden website , you can also enjoy a fantastic and free 360° panoramic view over London from the city’s highest public garden.

This 155-metre high skyscraper , nicknamed the “Walkie-Talkie”, is situated at 20 Fenchurch Street, in the heart of the City of London.

There are limited spaces available each day and you can only book 3 weeks to 1 month in advance.

The City district is also home to the famous Tower of London .

The fortress siting on the banks of the Thames (not far from Tower Bridge, your next stop) is just a 15-minute walk from The Gherkin .

Built in 1066 and designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site, the Tower of London was once a royal residence , but has also served as a prison and place of execution.

Today, it’s a museum dedicated to medieval history, and focuses in particular on the macabre aspects.

Tales of execution told by guides in period costume , a tour of the torture chamber and other gory details immerse you in one of the darkest chapters in London’s history.

All in good fun, of course, and with a touch of British humour! The visit is totally suitable for children.

Everyday, hordes of visitors come to see the top attraction of the Tower: The Crown Jewels. You can see the crowns of several kings and queens, including Queen Elizabeth II.

And don’t miss taking a look at the beautiful gardens outside the Tower.

Guided tours start from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

And of course, you should purchase your entrance tickets in advance so you don’t waste time in the often endless queue!

Entry to the Tower of London is included in the London Pass . You can also buy your tickets separately by clicking on the button below:

The Tower Bridge , the next stop on your 4-day trip to London is located close to the Tower of London.

With its 2 huge towers and sky blue ironwork , you will instantly recognise this landmark of the city!

Built over the Thames in the 19th century, this impressive Gothic-style bridge connects the north and south banks of London. It’s a bascule bridge, that means it will open up to let big boats through!

When it was built, Tower Bridge was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

Take your time to admire Tower Bridge from the banks of the Thames over a snack or a drink (there’s plenty of shops around), or simply enjoy the moment.

You can also walk across the bridge and even visit the old engine rooms located inside one of the towers.

If you go up to the highest level , you can walk across the glass walkway and get the feeling you’re floating above the Thames.

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

At the foot of the Tower Bridge, the charming little marina of St Katharine Docks is a lovely place to take a stroll and enjoy something to eat in one of the many restaurants overlooking the Thames.

To end your second day in style, you should go to the top of The Shard to enjoy panoramic views.

The Shard is the name of London’s newest landmark, a skyscraper standing over 300 metres high located a 10-minute walk from Tower Bridge.

It’s also the highest viewing platform in Western Europe , allowing you to enjoy an incredible 360° view across the whole city.

In addition to the spectacular panorama, you can also learn more about London through multimedia displays within the building.

The Shard is well worth a visit, and you need to book your tickets by clicking on the button below:

3rd day in London: The best places to visit

Day 3 tourist attractions:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

For your 3rd day in London, you will head to Notting Hill district, located in the western part of the city.

This fashionable part of London, made famous by the film of the same name – “Notting Hill” has more the feel of a quiet and elegant village. If you’re a fan of the movie, you’ll for sure recognise a number of the locations where it was shot!

There, you can admire beautiful houses featuring pastel-coloured façades and take a stroll to Portobello Road Market (open every morning).

This market is actually the main attraction of the area, and is always busy. You will find Second-hand clothes, vintage items, antiques , diverse accessories and even culinary specialties. You will see, it’s lovely place to stroll around!

If you have the chance to spend 4 days in London in August, don’t miss the major annual event held here in the last weekend of the month: Notting Hill Carnival , a festive parade of over 5 km to the sounds of Caribbean music.

To get to Notting Hill, you can take the metro to Notting Hill Gate underground station.

And if you want to be certain you don’t miss anything, you should book this guided tour:

Following your morning in Notting Hill, let’s continue your day with a visit to London Natural History Museum , one of the biggest and most beautiful museums in the city.

It will take you around 20 minutes by bus to get there.

This museum is literally huge, and attracts over 5 million visitors each year. It’s the most visited natural history museum in Europe!

The Gothic building housing the displays is as magnificent from the outside as it is on the inside . During your visit, you’ll discover exceptional exhibits and learn all about zoology, botany, volcanology, archaeology, the dinosaurs, and much more besides.

You can’t actually see everything in one go unless you spend the whole day there. There are also lots of fun activities for kids.

You should spend a maximum of 2 hours in the museum so you have enough time left for the rest of your day’s visits.

Visiting London in 4 days on foot also gives you time to take in some fresh air.

So now, why not enjoy a little greenery in London biggest park: Hyde Park.

It’s one of the most beautiful city parks in the world, the perfect place to enjoy a picnic, have lunch on a terrace or simply take a walk.

And in the north-east corner of the park, you can see a little London oddity: The Speakers’ Corner . Every Sunday, anonymous speakers give a speech to passers-by , often with a touch of humour.

If you’re in London towards the end of the year , you can explore Hyde Park’s huge Christmas Market . There’s also a Winter Wonderland fair and the biggest outdoor skating rink in the United Kingdom.

If your stay in London happens to be during the summer , you can also enjoy the festivals and concerts that are held in the park each year.

After this short break in Hyde Park, you should head to Oxford Street , a continuation of the north-east entrance to the park (Marble Arch).

This 2.5 km long commercial avenue attracts hordes of tourists, and can be likened to Paris’ Champs-Élysées.

This is your chance for a bit of shopping or window-shopping in the 600 stores that line the street, including the big British names like Marks & Spencer, TopShop, Mush, Primark, Urban Outfitters and more.

If you continue along Oxford Street, you’ll arrive in Soho.

This is the most vibrant part of London , and the favourite place for Londoners and tourists to come to party!

It’s a small area, but it’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs. It’s the perfect place for a good night out and to enjoy the party atmosphere on any day of the week.

You can even watch a musical in one of the many theatres in the area, an unmissable experience during your 4 days in London!

If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.

And if you prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you need to book by clicking there!

If you want an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for the Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Your guide will take you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. The guide is brilliant and the tour is really well put together.

This tour is so good that it’s labelled “GetYourGuide Originals” . It means that if you’re not 100% satisfied of your guided visit, you can ask for a full refund!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

Your walk in Soho will inevitably lead you to Piccadilly Circus , the famous London square recognisable from its gigantic advertising screens.

It can be considered as the Times Square of London . Here too, there’s always a lively party atmosphere.

Continue walking east until you reach Covent Garden (a 10-minute walk from Piccadilly Circus).

Covent Garden was once the site of London’s covered market, before it was relocated in the 1970s.

Fortunately, the very beautiful glass roof was kept and the building now houses several shops, restaurants, artists’ studios as well as the brilliant London Transport Museum.

The area attracts crowds of tourists, and you can watch lots of street performances making it the perfect way to end the day.

4th day – Walk around London

Day 4 tourist attractions:

A. Hampstead Village B. Camden Town C. Regent’s Park D. Abbey Road (optional) E. Madame Tussauds or the British Museum

To conclude your 4-day itinerary in London , you should explore the north of the city.

Start with a stroll in Hampstead Village , a delightfully green and quiet area sat on a hill above London. Hampstead is actually an old village that has retained all its charm.

It’s an integral part of London today, but you really feel like you’ve left the city when you’re there.

As quaint and peaceful as a provincial village, it’s full of flower-filled gardens, beautiful Victorian houses, shops, restaurants and cafés. You will see, Hampstead Village is really a calm and relaxed place to take a stroll .

Just 20 minutes by metro from central London, Hampstead Village is a great place to get away from the hustle and bustle of the city.

Continue exploring the north of the UK’s capital with a tour around Camden Town.

This very trendy area of London is home to alternative cultures and alter-globalisation . It’s a blend of punk, Gothic, hip-hop and hippie cultures all in a condensed array of shapes, colours and eccentric shops.

It’s one of the busiest and liveliest areas of the city, especially thanks to Camden Lock Market which is open every day from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm.

There are all sorts of stalls, unusual clothes and accessories , live music, plus stands selling street food from all over the world.

You can grab something to eat and go by Regent’s Canal, where there’s always a really friendly atmosphere.

Walk south from Camden Town for 10 minutes and you’ll arrive in Regent’s Park.

Of all the parks in London, Regent’s Park boasts the finest flower beds. Covering 166 hectares, this park once belonged to the royal family and was originally (in 1811) intended to accommodate several lavish properties, including a palace.

A lack of funds meant the project was never completed, but not before several neo-classical residences had been built around the park by the architect Josh Nash.

Today, Regent’s Park is one of the most beautiful public green spaces in the city.

A lot of Londoners come here for their daily or weekly running session or to play other sports in the landscaped grounds.

It’s also the perfect place for couples or families to hire a rowing boat or a pedalo , enjoy a picnic or simply stroll through the greenery.

There are also children playground for the little ones, a magnificent rose garden (Queen Mary’s Gardens – not to be missed in the summer!), cafés and restaurants.

If you’re a Beatles fan, you’ll have been waiting for this moment to come!

Abbey Road and its legendary pedestrian crossing is less than 2 km to the west of Regent’s Park. Follow in the footsteps of countless fans, and take a photo on the pedestrian crossing, just like on the famous cover of the group’s Abbey Road album.

You may well face a crowd, and risk annoying drivers who often have problems driving on this very busy street. Opposite the pedestrian crossing, you can see the studios where The Beatles recorded the album as well as a souvenir shop.

So here you are at the final stop of your 4-day itinerary in London .

To end your visit of the city, you can choose one of these two museums:

• Madame Tussauds: 20 minutes by bus from Abbey Road, and one of the most visited museums in London.

It’s a bit like Paris’ Grévin Museum, but fancier and on a bigger scale!

You’ll need 2 to 3 hours here , the idea being to get photographed with the top celebrities …or rather with their wax lookalikes. Most of them are incredibly realistic!

You need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the green button below:

• The British Museum: if you’re more interested in culture and history , this museum located 20 minutes by metro from Regent’s Park is the perfect way to end to your holidays.

Entry is free of charge and you’ll learn about the history of civilizations, in particular through the many archaeological relics (including the famous Rosetta Stone).

The museum has one of the richest collections in the world with more than 7 million exhibits on display.

Don’t hesitate to book a guided visit (click here) to discover the best of the main exhibitions in 2 hours!

You now have all the information and tips you need to see London in 4 days!

Now you know what to do in London in 4 days, but there’s one crucial question to answer: where to stay for these few days?

I’m not going to lie, the cost of accommodation in London is pretty high and it’s not easy to find affordable hotels, especially in central London. The best deals are always booked months in advance.

That’s why you really do need to book as early as possible to get the best rates!

If you already know your travel dates, you should thus really book your accommodation now.

Here is my selection of the best hotels in London depending on your budget:

• The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer an hotel in London that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

If you plan to spend 4 days in London with your children , you can be assured they won’t get bored, and they’ll really love most of attractions. You may however need to adjust the itinerary slightly to suit their age and interests.

Here are a few ideas for a 4-day stay in London with kids:

• Spend a bit less time in the museums and more time in the parks (if the weather permits). Nevertheless, you can visit the majority of London’s museums with your youngsters because most of them offer short, fun tours for children.
• The Tower of London, with its medieval ambience, is one of the attractions children love the most
• A ride on the London Eye will make them feel like they’re on a giant merry-go-round.
• The Changing of the Guard on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace will put a sparkle in their eyes
• An evening seeing a family musical in Soho is also a lovely way to spend time together
• Travel by red double-decker bus and sit upstairs, and right at the front if you can! For kids, this sort of journey is a real adventure in itself. Book this double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here!

You also have a choice of several theme parks: the Shrek Adventure Tour at Dreamworks , Legoland or Kidzania.

If you or your kids are Harry Potter fans , you can also spend a day at Harry Potter Studios , located a bit outside the city.

It’s really a magical experience!

The best tour include the entrance ticket to Harry Potter Studios as well as the transportation from your hotel.

You need to book this tour by clicking on the button below:

If you’ve followed my itinerary for 4 days in London and still want to explore more, you should read my guide of the 20 best places to visit in London .

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London .

It might even leave you wanting to stay longer in London! Why not spend 5 days, or even a whole week there?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 4 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

5 days in Edinburgh: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

Gozo quad rental: The definitive guide

Visit Gozo: Top 10 Things To Do and Best Places to Visit

Discussion 4 comments.

Hi there! Thanks for writing this very interesting article. Will be visiting in May for 4 days and will use this as a base for my visit. Just a question about the London Pass: does it also allow you to book a time slot? Or you just go and have a separate entrance then? For example the tower of london, will it really help to avoid the long queu? Thanks for the help 🙂

Hi Michele,

Thanks! I’m glad that my 4-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your visit.

For the London Pass, it will depend on the attractions. For the Tower of London, you don’t need to book a time slot, just join the queue of people who already have their ticket, at the security checkpoint. But for The View from the Shard for example, you do need to book a time slot. When you receive your London Pass, it also comes with a digital guide giving you full details of each attraction.

Enjoy your 4-day stay in London!

Thank you for this informative itinerary & tour guide to London We are planning our trip in September & looking forward to our visit My question – I want to visit the Pursley Farm in Shenley, do you have any information about it? I am a Pursley descendant & would love to have the history of this old historical place & possibly visit if possible Thank you very much & God bless!

Thanks Catherine! I’m glad that my 4-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your stay.

About the farm, I didn’t know about it as it’s not a touristic sites and there’s virtually no information about it online. The best is to contact them directly and see what it’s possible to do. Here is the phone number that you can find online: +44 1923 855760

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

Savvy Travel Advice

London Itinerary: 6 Days in London

Last updated: April 20, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 90 Comments

London is one of the world’s most famous capital cities and England’s largest city, offering an endless number of attractions, museums, historical buildings, and entertainment options. London can be an overwhelming city for many travelers, especially those visiting for the first time.

We’ve put together a recommended 6-day London itinerary that will help you see the highlights if you have at least 6 days in London.

It includes all the major attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and the National Gallery), but also includes several lesser-known sites and encourages you to explore several of London’s diverse neighborhoods including Westminster, Greenwich, Kensington, and Camden.

We suggest using this itinerary as a starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, and you can edit it to put together your own personal itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests.

In addition to the 6 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, maps of each day’s suggested attractions, and how to save money during your 6 days in London.

Table of Contents:

Planning for 6 Days in London

Before we share the day-to-day itinerary, here is some essential planning information on getting to London, getting around London, tips for saving money, how to find accommodation, and further resources for planning and making the most of your 6 days in London.

Getting to London

London is easy to reach by plane, train, or car. London has six main airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, Southend, and London City, and these airports collectively serve just about every region of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, busy  Heathrow is likely to be your arrival airport. See this airport guide for getting to and from each of the airports in London.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those arriving from Scotland might want to consider an overnight sleeper train . If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on EuroStar or take a ferry.

Getting around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also good options. If you need to book a cab, you can use  minicabit to compare prices.

I would not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare and parking can be expensive. If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport until you leave.

London’s has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full review of it here .  For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  Guide To Transportation Options in London .

Where to Stay for 6 Days in London

Accommodation wise, London has about every lodging option you can imagine, from inexpensive hostels to self-catering apartments to pricey 5-star luxury hotels . London is home to some really iconic classic luxury hotels like The Ritz , The Dorchester , Brown’s , and The Savoy .

But it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like Holiday Inn Express , Travelodge ,  Best Western ,   Premier Inn , Ibis , and Point.a Hotels . If you are spending a full week in London, you can often save money by booking an apartment at a weekly versus daily rate.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking.com  or Hotels.com  as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . We’ve tried many of the apartment rental sites, and have usually had the best experiences with Plum Guide. Of course, there are also loads of Airbnb alternative booking sites you can check.

Based on our various trips to London, we’ve put together few suggestions across budgets to give you some ideas for where to stay in the city, which are sorted from lowest to highest price:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – This is a well reviewed and centrally located hostel, found only a 15 minute walk from Parliament Square and the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben).
• SoHostel  – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
• Point A Hotel – This hotel is located within Westminster and is within the well-priced Point A hotel range. It’s a 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
• Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located near to Borough Market and London Bridge.
• Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers good value for this class of hotel and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
• Resident Victoria Hotel  – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• Brown’s  – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
• The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Saving Money on London Attractions

It is hard to deny that London is a fairly expensive travel destination and attraction entrance fee costs can really add up. Luckily, there are a number of London discount passes you can purchase which can help you save money if you plan to visit a number of London’s museums and attractions.

Our favorite is the London Pass which allows free entry into over 60 of London’s top attractions, and also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket and additional discounts on food, shopping, and tours.

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written a full review of the London Pass which you can read to help determine if it is a good fit for your trip. Also be sure to check out all the free attractions in London which include top-notch museums, parks, historic sites, special events, and festivals. 

Another discount card option is the GoCity London Explorer Pass where you can choose up to 7 attractions you want to visit (out of 50+) where you can get free entry into all these attractions (including Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower of London). See a full list of possible attractions here .

This GoCity London Explorer Pass doesn’t work as well with our suggested itinerary but may be more appealing to some, especially families, as it includes more attractions geared to families that are not included on the London Pass.

Buying Tickets for London Attractions

When you are planning on buying tickets for attractions in London, you have two main options. You can book online in advance, or for some attractions, you can buy tickets in person.

For most attractions we would recommend booking online in advance, as this means you can skip the in-person ticket lines. Many attractions also now operate a timed entry system, so turning up on the day might lead to disappointment.

Booking online in advance is usually the best option, and it also often results in slightly better value tickets compared to on-the-door prices.

You then have the option for most attractions of buying direct, or buying via a third-party site like GetYourGuide , Viator or Tiqets .

It is always worth comparing prices across the different options, as well as the cancellation policies. Generally our preferred option is GetYourGuide because they normally offer a full refund up to 24 hours in advance of your visit to most attractions. The prices are nearly always the same as the official site as well.

Of course, you will need to check each attraction’s policy and compare, but for peace of mind this policy can be very helpful.

Walking Tours in London

When visiting a new city, or when we just want to get a bit more local insight into somewhere we’ve been before, we’ll often take a walking tour. These offer a couple of advantages as they help orientate you to a new place plus you can get insider tips from a local on the best places to visit and eat.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in London, and I did this full day London walking tour on my very first visit to London which covered all the central highlights and includes a visit to the Tower of London , the Changing of the Guard, a short Thames cruise, and a view of all the main sites in Westminster. I did this tour on my very first visit to London and really enjoyed it!

Our favorite walking tour company is Take Walks , who are behind the popular Walks of Italy walking tour company. They now offer a number of tours in London, and we can highly recommend them if you are looking for a walking tour in the city. See all their London tours here .

You can also find a number of popular London walking tours over on GetYourGuide from Harry Potter walking tours to WW2 related walking tours to Royal London tours to food tours to Jack the Ripper tours .

If you are looking for a private walking tour of London, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel. They can personalize private tours, adapt to special needs, and can add a car service if needed.

Popular London Day Trips

If you have 6 days or more in London, then you may be wanting to do a day trip on one or two of those days and see some of the other towns and attractions in southern England.

Below are seven popular London day trip options to consider:

• Stonehenge – Stonehenge is an ancient and mysterious stone circle and this site is one of the most popular day trips from London. It is probably best done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), by car, or via a private transfer. You can read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour of Stonehenge and Bath . A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip to Stonehenge, this tour which include Windsor Castle, lunch and Lacock as well, or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and Bath.
• Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque medieval market town located along the River Avon in the West Midlands. It is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or by joining a tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and three Cotswolds villages. See our guide to things to do in Stratford Upon Avon for more information.
• WB Harry Potter Studio – If you love Harry Potter, you may want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio filming studio. The Studio Tour  includes original film sets, clothing, props, interactive visitor experiences, and a huge gift shop. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can get here via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or private transfer. You can book a tour  from central London that includes your transportation so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming locations consider this tour .
• Oxford – Oxford is a scenic historical city that is home to Oxford University, England’s oldest university. Read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . Oxford is easy to reach by train, although car and bus are also options. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford as well as the Cotswolds.
• Highclere Castle & Downton Abbey Sites – Highclere Castle is a country house best known for being a prime filming location in the British TV series Downton Abbey. Easiest ways to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, the castle gardens, Bampton (Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Highclere Castle is open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
• Portsmouth  – Portsmouth is a port city and naval base where you can discover over 500 years of naval history. You can visit a number of boats dating back to Tudor times, museums, and other attractions along the historic dock. From London, you can get there via public transit (train is best) or by taking a guided tour. If you visit on your own, we recommend checking out the Portsmouth Historic Dockyard Attraction Ticket . If you are looking for a guided visit, you might consider this full day private one which includes transport from London. See our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more information,
• Cambridge  – Cambridge, like Oxford, is a historic scenic university town. Cambridge University was founded in 1209 and is the second oldest university in the English-speaking world. There are a number of historical attractions and museums here, and you can check out our guide to things to do in Cambridge . You can get here by public transit (train or bus), car, or by joining a tour. If looking for a tour from London, you might check out this guided tour or this small group tour to Cambridge and Ely Cathedral.

Other Resources for Planning 6 Days in London

If you are looking for packing tips, check out our suggested London packing list .

If you have less than 6 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending one day in London ,  two days in London , and  three days in London . We also have a post about seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a one day London walking tour .

We have written a ton of content about London, so you can check out our London articles on Finding the Universe and our London articles on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been. For additional planning resources, the  Visit London  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested 2-week UK itinerary to get you started.

A 6 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 6 Days in London

London is one of those cities that has an endless amount of attractions, museums, shows, and potential things to do. This can be overwhelming for many visitors so we’ve put together our suggested 6 day itinerary that takes in London’s most popular attractions as well as several of London’s best neighborhoods. I’ve also tried to arrange them in a logical order so you spend less time traveling around the city.

Use this as a guide and starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, to put together your own personalized itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests. Be sure to check on admission days and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to a special event or renovation. 

For all attractions with an admission fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Note that since many people use the London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so they have “(fee*)” next to them.

We do our best to provide the most updated information, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

London Itinerary Day 1 – Westminster

On your first full day in London, I’d head to Westminster. Westminster is a great place to start your exploration of London as it is the political, cultural, and geographical center of the city. It is also where you’ll find some of London’s most iconic and famous buildings. The itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square but can begin it at any point along the route. 

First, you might consider taking a tour to get oriented to the city. If you are the kind of person who likes to get a good overview of a city before striking out on your own, a sightseeing bus tour, bike tour, Thames river cruise, or city walking tour is a great way to get oriented.

You have loads of options in terms of companies and London Pass holders have access to a free sightseeing hop-on hop-off bus tour , bike tour, and a Thames cruise which all cover the Westminster area. If this sounds appealing, I’d probably recommend either a walking or bus tour for your first day.

If you choose a walking tour, most need to be booked in advance, and you can read about one of the guided  walking tours of Westminster we did on my very first trip to London to get an idea of what you can cover on foot in the area.

As mentioned earlier in the post, we also often use and can recommend walking company Take Walks . They have a number of London walking tours to get you acquainted with London.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is definitely one of the most impressive and historical churches in England. The church (and its Norman predecessor) has been the site of all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as the site of over a dozen royal weddings, including Prince William and Catherine Middleton in 2011.

The current church dates from 1245, being built mainly from the 13th century to 16th century, and was mostly built in the Gothic style. The church is a coveted burial spot and includes the tombs of British royals as well as Prime Ministers, famous artists, writers, and scientists, and other famous people from the past 1,000 years!

This is a popular place so be sure to leave some time to get in and explore. The included audio guide helps give you a lot of background on the church and points out all the highlights. Guide-led tours are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

In June 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries opened. The galleries, which are reached by the newly build Weston Tower, house historical exhibit and treasures owned by the Abbey. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and requires a timed ticket as space is limited. You can buy your tickets online in advance here .

St. James’s Park

For a breath of fresh air, take a walk through St. James’s Park en-route to Buckingham Palace. The park is one of eight of the city’s Royal Parks and has over 50 acres of green spaces, flower beds, and even a lake that contains some famous resident pelicans.

There is a small café here and it is a great place to take a short break. Also for those interested in the Guards regiments of the British Army, you can make a stop at The Guards Museum (fee*) which is just across from St. James’s Park, next to the Wellington Barracks.

Buckingham Palace 

Buckingham Palace is probably the most famous palace in the UK and it serves as the primary London workplace and residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. It was originally built as a private residence by the Duke of Buckingham (hence the name) in the early 18th century, but was later acquired by British royalty and expanded over time.

The public can tour Buckingham Palace (fee, book tickets in advance) but only for about 8 weeks per year (generally August and September). However, you can get a good view of the palace from outside the gates year-round and you can walk up to see the marble and bronze Victoria Memorial that stands in front of the palace at the end of The Mall.

Depending on the day of you visit (as well as weather and security conditions), you may get a chance to see the Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace which often takes place around 11am. The full ceremony lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the schedule online in advance and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you don’t want to stand in the crowds, you can try going to Friary Court in front of St. James Palace for the ceremony (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here) or watching the Changing The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the Horse Guards Parade as both spots attract fewer visitors.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places to visit on the palace grounds year round. You can visit the  Royal Mews (fee) which showcases the royal collection of historic carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. Art lovers will want to stop at the Queen’s Gallery (fee*) which displays regularly changing exhibitions of art from the royal collection. 

St. James’s Palace

St James’s Palace is the most senior royal palace in the United Kingdom, having been built during the reign of King Henry VIII in the 16th century. Although it is no longer the residence of the monarch, it is the meeting place and London residence of members of the British royal family.

The palace is not open to the public but as noted above you can see the start of the Changing of the Guard ceremony from Friary Court in front of the palace.

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus is a famous road junction and a popular public meeting spot in London. The area is famous for its large neon signs and video advertising as well as the Shaftesbury Memorial with its statue of Anteros.

The spot is well-located for an easy walk to the West End theaters and Regent Street, one of London’s major shopping streets. It’s also going to be familiar to Harry Potter fans as it was one of the Harry Potter filming locations in London .

Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is a popular public square in central London known for its monuments, architecture, street artists, and surrounding museums. The square itself is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument commemorating Admiral Horatio Nelson, who died in the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805), the famous stone lion statues, and the featured contemporary art on the Fourth Plinth.

Around the square you’ll also find two of London’s top art museums, the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery . Both are highly recommended for art lovers and include works by some of the world’s most famous artists from Turner to Monet.

Also nearby (hidden underground in St. Martin-in-the-Fields!) you can visit the London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) to learn about and create a brass rubbing to take home. A great activity for families (we had fun too!). Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Whitehall & Downing Street

Whitehall is the main street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. This area was once home to the Palace of Whitehall, a sprawling royal palace complex and the largest palace in the world until it burned in 1698. However, today visitors can still see one remaining section of the palace complex, the Banqueting Hall (fee) designed by famous architect Inigo Jones with a ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is the center of the Government of the United Kingdom and you’ll pass a number of buildings home to various departments and ministries, including the Ministry of Defense and the Cabinet Office. Along this street you’ll also find The Household Calvary Museum (fee*), located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards, which gives information on the history of the Household Cavalry and displays a small collection of uniforms and weapons.

Past the Banqueting Hall and Household Cavalry Museum, you’ll pass the entrance to Downing Street. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to see the door to 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the Prime Minister. There are a lot of statues and memorials along the street, including  The Cenotaph , which has been designated as the United Kingdom’s official national war memorial. As you continue down Whitehall, you’ll end in Parliament Square.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

Parliament Square is a public square where you’ll find a number of statues of famous people, including Winston Churchill, David Lloyd George, Abraham Lincoln, and Nelson Mandela. The square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey and St. Margaret’s Church, the parish church of the Palace of Westminster.

On one side of the square you’ll see the iconic Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, with the iconic Elizabethan Tower which contains the famous Big Ben bell. The building is named after the former medieval palace that once stood here, and you can actually visit a section of the old palace, the 14th century Jewel Tower (fee*), if you want a sense of what the original Palace of Westminster was like.

The public can visit the Houses of Parliament  on certain dates, and debates are free for the public to watch. But if you want to actually tour the building, tours are available on certain days of the week and the tours include a number of rooms, including Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to request and arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can book a tour ticket online for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour.

The tour here is well worth it if you have the chance to do it during your visit. We did a guided tour plus a Thames-side afternoon tea here and really enjoyed seeing the inside of this iconic building!

Westminster Bridge

After you have visited all the spots you want to in and around Parliament Square, walk onto Westminster Bridge and look back for a great view of the House of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner. Tomorrow the itinerary will bring us back to the Thames to further explore more of London’s iconic sites.

London Itinerary Day 2 – Along the River Thames

Today we’d suggest heading back into central London and focusing on sites located along the famous River Thames, London’s main river and the longest river in England. The Day 2 itinerary takes you to more of London’s most historic and iconic sites and attractions. It starts at the Tower of London and ends either at the Churchill War Rooms or the London Eye , depending on your time, energy, and interests.

The first part of the itinerary is walkable but you’ll probably want to use the Thames river boat or public transit to get from the bridges to the Churchill War Rooms. If you want to do a Thames river cruise (fee*), this is a good day for it.

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) is a UNESCO world heritage site that has served as a fortress, prison, armory, Royal Mint, and place of execution among other uses during its long history. It is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and for housing the Crown Jewels.

There is a lot packed in here and highlights include the Crown Jewels, White Tower, Tower Green, and tours given by the Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters). This is a popular place so we’d strongly recommend trying to get here around opening, head to the Crown Jewels first, and plan to spend at least 2 hours visiting here.

One of our favorite attractions in central London but also one of the most crowded so do try to get here early.

You can buy a ticket online in advance here .

We also recommend checking prices on the official website  here , where you can also see opening times.

For more on visiting, see our complete guide to the Tower of London .

Thames Cruise

Today is a good day to do a sightseeing boat cruise of the River Thames, as all the suggested locations today are alongside the river. There is a City Cruises (fee) dock just a short walk from the Tower of London and you can use the cruise to see the city from the Thames and get to the next location with a 24 hour hop on, hop off cruise ticket.

Another option is to get a River Roamer pass (fee*) for the Thames Clipper , a commuter boat service, or just buy a single ticket for a one time ride. Of course, you can also just walk to each attraction or take public transit.

HMS Belfast 

Next suggested stop is  HMS Belfast (fee), which is permanently moored on the Thames a short walk from Tower Bridge on the south bank. This historic warship, operated today by Imperial War Museums, will definitely be of interest to military buffs, or anyone with an interest in boats. Launched just before the outbreak of World War 2, this Royal Navy Light Cruiser saw action in both World War 2 and the Korean War, before being decommissioned in 1963.

Since 1971 she’s been a popular London tourist attraction, and you can spend a good deal of time learning all about operational life on board this historic warship.

There is a small café next to the visitor entrance to the ship which serves fresh sandwiches, salads, pastries, and coffee if you need a bite to eat.

Tower Bridge and London Bridge

Next I would take some time to appreciate two of London’s most famous bridges, the London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both bridges have exhibitions you can visit, although in terms of time I would choose to visit only one exhibition or just admire them both from the outside. 

London Bridge is famous for being the subject of the nursery rhyme “London Bridge Is Falling Down” and there has been a London Bridge since Roman times with the current one dating only to the 1970’s.   The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) is an interactive educational and amusement attraction geared towards families with children and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare. 

The bridge in London which you are probably more familiar with in terms of photos is Tower Bridge, often mistakenly called London Bridge by tourists. This iconic bridge opened in 1894 and is currently painted white and blue.

If you want to learn more about the bridge, then you should visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition (fee*). Here you can learn about the history of the bridge, including how it was built and how the lifting mechanism works to allow ships through. You can also walk the glass floor walkway across the bridge, a 138 feet high walkway that will definitely test any fear of heights you may have!

Alternatives  (or additional spots) in the area to the above attractions: Southwark Cathedral , Borough Market (one of London’s most famous food markets),  The Old Operating Theatre Museum (fee*), The Monument (fee*), and The View from the Shard (fee*).

Churchill War Rooms 

Now, we are going to head back to Westminster to visit the Churchill War Rooms which are not too far from where you were yesterday. You’ll likely want to hop on the Thames boat to Westminster Pier or take public transit here.

The Churchill War Rooms (fee) are run by the Imperial War Museums (those with a military history interest will also want to visit the Imperial War Museum in London) and allow the public to visit the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the war effort during World War 2 was directed from August 1939 to August 1945.

The visit essentially includes two places: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. You get to visit an interesting maze of rooms to see where communications and strategizing happened as well as where people ate, slept, and cooked during WW2. Then a separate large museum room is devoted to the life of Winston Churchill and his legacy. It has the best collection of information and exhibits on Churchill that I have visited, and it covers his life from birth to death, not just the war years.

There is an excellent audio guide included with the tour that covers the Cabinet War Rooms, For those with an interest in Churchill, we recommend checking out this article about visiting some of the top Winston Churchill sites .

For those with an interest in Churchill and the London Blitz, we can also recommend the London Churchill War Room tour by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz. We love Context Travel tours, which are geared to the intellectually curious travelers, and if you book this tour or any other tour with Context Travel, using the link above you’ll receive 10% off any Context Travel tour anywhere in the world. Be sure to book in advance of your trip.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and energy you might want to continue on across the Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find more attractions, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye.

The London Dungeon (fee*) is an interactive attraction that uses costumed actors, rides, special effects, and staging to tell London’s more sinister history while offering up a bit of fun and scares. I wouldn’t come here for a history lesson but if you enjoy haunted houses and amusement parks, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children.

The dungeon also sometimes offers adult-only nights that include food and drinks. Depending on who you are, the London Dungeon is either a must-see or a must-avoid! Next door to the Dungeon are also two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure . 

The London Eye (fee*) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and is essentially a giant slow ferris wheel with large enclosed glass pods. The London Eye is a great place to get some nice views of London, although I’d pass if the weather is terrible. It is open late so makes a great last stop, and around sunset is an ideal time to do the ride if the weather is pleasant. 

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

Alternatively if you didn’t do a boat trip on the Thames already, you might consider booking an evening sunset and/or dinner Thames river cruise. There are several companies that offer these in London, including City Cruises mentioned earlier and Bateaux London .

London Itinerary Day 3 – More London Highlights

Today we are going to explore even more of London’s central highlights, including the British Museum, Covent Garden, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Today all of the attractions are within walking distance but you may want to use public transit to reach some of them. It may also be a good day to use a hop-on hop-off bus if you have a free ticket with the London Pass as the bus routes go to or near all the attractions on today’s route.

British Museum

The British Museum  is a museum holding a vast collection of artifacts from cultures around the world, ancient to modern. Established in 1753 with the collection of just one man, it has grown to be one of the largest and most comprehensive collections in the world with about 8 million objects in its permanent collection!

If you are going to only visit one general museum in London, this would probably be my recommendation as it holds a wealth of treasures from mummies to vases, with the Rosetta Stone, Parthenon sculptures, and Lewis Chessmen being some of its most well-known treasures.

Now you can walk (about 15 minutes) or jump on public transportation to get to Covent Garden and the London Transport Museum.

London Transport Museum

The London Transport Museum (fee*) is a museum dedicated to telling the story of London’s transport system over the last 200 years, highlighting the link between transport and the growth of modern London culture and society. The museum collection is housed in a 19th century building that was previously used for the Covent Garden Flower Market.

As a visitor you can follow a self-guided path that begins with what transportation was like around 1800 in London and then continues to the present day. So you get to see everything from human carried sedan chairs to horse-drawn omnibuses to steam trains to the famous red double-decker buses. The museum does a good job of having a mix of information and interactive exhibits. 

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a popular tourist destination in London. It originally was a food market (mainly fruit and vegetables) and by the 18th century had become a bit seedy and was also a popular red-light district. The food market eventually outgrew the space and was moved in the 1970’s and today the area is home to shops, cafes, pubs, two markets selling crafts, jewelry, souvenirs, and goods.

It is a popular spot for street entertainers and you’ll often find crowds of people gathered around an entertainer here. The area has long served as an area of entertainment and the first known Punch and Judy like puppet show in England was performed here in 1662! An easy area to find a bite to eat if you are hungry as there are dozens of bars and restaurants here.

Now you can walk on to St. Paul’s Cathedral (20-25 minutes) or take public transit.

St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s Cathedral (fee*) is an Anglican church designed by Sir Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style. The present church was consecrated in 1697; however, it sits on the same site as the former medieval church of the same name which was badly damaged by fire. Today it is the seat of the Bishop of London and one of the most important churches in London.

The Cathedral was the tallest building in London for almost 200 years, and although no longer the tallest it can still been seen from many places in London and is one of the most recognizable places on the city skyline. The Cathedral has been the site of many famous services and events, including the state funerals of Lord Nelson and Winston Churchill, jubilee celebrations for both Queen Victoria and Queen Elizabeth II, and royal weddings such as that of Prince Charles to Princess Diana.

St. Paul’s Cathedral was a symbol of resilience during WW2 as images of the recognizable Dome still standing after the Blitz gave hope to people (although the church was damaged), and Churchill would give orders to try to protect the church at all costs. Services were held here after both WW1 and WW2 to give thanks for their end and to pray for peace.

Admission prices include an audioguide for self-guided visits or you can join a regular guided tour of the church. St. Paul’s Cathedral is a busy tourist attraction so be sure to allot enough time, especially if you want to climb the steps to the dome which can have a long line.

If you are planning to visit without a London Pass, especially in the summer months, we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money on admission and to get skip the line access.

Worshippers attending a church service or wanting to pray in one of the side chapels can enter for free.

An Alternative or additional stop in the area may be the Museum of London , which is a great free museum dedicated to the history of London. 

Tate Modern

Now you can cross the Millennium Bridge, a popular pedestrian bridge, to reach the Tate Modern , the largest international modern art gallery in the UK. The museum’s location is unusual as it is based in a former power station building. The museum displays both a permanent collection as well as several temporary exhibitions throughout the year.

Personally I prefer the Tate Britain (also in London) since I tend to like older art, but this is a must-see for modern and contemporary art lovers and has some great masterpieces. The museum is free to visit. 

Shakespeare’s Globe

A short walk away you’ll come to a famous white theater building. First let me say that the current Shakespeare’s Globe theater (fee*) is not the original and in fact this one only dates to 1997! The original Globe Theatre was built in 1599, destroyed by fire in 1613, rebuilt in 1614, and then demolished in 1644.

The current one is a realistic reconstruction of the original (with concessions to modern health and safety requirements) and is located very close to the site of the original. The man behind the rebuilding of the Globe is the late American actor and director Sam Wanamaker , who sadly died before the Globe was completed.

The complex also has a museum exhibition about Shakespeare’s work and the original theater, a smaller candle-lit indoor theatre called the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse, and an educational and rehearsal space. Today the public can visit the exhibition and take a guided tour of the theater, which allows visitors to experience what it would have been like to go to a theater in the Elizabethan era as either a lord or lady or as a poor groundling.

You can also get tickets for performances at both the Globe (summer only) and the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse (year round).

Enjoy a West End Show or Hit a Club

Tonight is a perfect evening to go see a West End Show performance, a performance in Shakespeare’s Globe, or other theater or concert event. London is full of nightlife throughout the year—concerts, shows, theater, opera, circuses, comedy shows—so you shouldn’t have a problem finding something that will appeal.

If you are planning to go to a theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a performance you really want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in the city.

Here are some tips for buying London theatre tickets . Note that London Pass users typically have access to theater ticket discounts on certain West End shows. Also check out what is happening at the Royal Albert Hall during your visit, this world-famous venue hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to tennis matches!

If you prefer a club or a bar to a theater, London has some of the best clubs in Europe. Here is a list of some of London’s top clubs to get you started. Note that most bars stop serving drinks between 11am and 2am, and here is a guide to some of London’s  late night bars .

London Itinerary Day 4 – Day excursion & Camden

If you have 6 days in London, I would head out of central London for at least one day. Today I’d recommend visiting one of the major attractions outside the city in the morning and then spending the afternoon in the borough of Camden. Camden is well-known for its markets, canals, zoo, and Regent’s Park.

Alternatively, if you are not interested in visiting Camden, you could try visiting two of the recommended morning attractions (e.g., Windsor Castle and Kew Gardens). You’ll need to use public transit to reach the morning attractions and to get to Camden but the attractions in Camden are all within walking distance.

Visit an Out of Central London Attraction

In the morning I’d recommend heading to one attraction on the outskirts of London or just outside the city. All of these are popular and busy attractions so getting there around opening time is wise idea! Here are our top recommendations to choose from:

Option 1: Windsor Castle

Windsor Castle (fee*) was built as a defensive fortification by William the Conqueror in the 11th century. Today it is the largest and longest continuously occupied royal residence in the world. Much of the castle’s magnificent State Rooms were designed and built in the 19th century, and the castle is a common weekend home for Queen Elizabeth II.

Highlights here include the State Apartments, Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, and the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel. You can also see the Changing of the Guards ceremony here on certain days which is a similar but much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace.

There is an excellent audioguide included with admission and you can also join offered guided tours at the castle. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer, so try to arrive at opening time or alternatively you may want to visit in the afternoon.

To get here you need to take a train out of London. You cannot use an Oyster Card and will need to buy a rail ticket. Windsor Castle tickets can also be purchased here . 

Option 2: Hampton Court Palace  

Hampton Court Palace (fee*) is a former royal palace, originally built in the 16th century for Cardinal Thomas Wolsey, a powerful person during the time of King Henry VIII. However, Wolsey would fall out of favor with the king (as most people did) and Henry would confiscate his house and use it as his own palace.

The huge Tudor and Baroque style royal palace was used by British monarchs until the 18th century and is now a popular tourist destination. The palace is huge and you could spend all day exploring its many rooms, but luckily the self-guided tours are broken up by themes so you can decide which parts of the palace are of most interest to you. The gardens, the tennis court, and hedge maze are also definitely worth exploring here.

This is a must-see for anyone interested in King Henry VIII and Tudor history. The palace is located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Option 3: Kew Gardens

Kew Gardens (fee*) is considered one of the best botanical gardens in the world, housing over 8 million specimens. The gardens have “the largest and most diverse botanical and mycological collections in the world”, representing “over 95% of known flowering plant genera and more than 60% of known fungal genera”!  

Some highlights include the Palm House, Temperate House, Waterlily House, and Treetop walkway. A trip here offers more than just plants, as you can also visit art galleries, the Great Pagoda, and tour Kew Palace, a former royal residence located within the gardens.

You can explore at your own pace or join one of the garden’s guided walk tours that come free with entry. This is a must-see for any garden lover. Kew Gardens are located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Option 4: Warner Brothers Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter 

If you are a Harry Potter fan you might want to consider spending the morning at the Warner Brothers Studio located just outside the city. This film studio was where all eight of the Harry Potter films were actually filmed, and they have retained many of the original sets, clothing, and props from the movies.

On the largely self-guided The Making of Harry Potter tour  (fee), you can visit the Great Hall, the railway station, numerous filming locations from inside Hogwarts, the Forbidden Forest, and Diagon Alley. You’ll learn many of the secrets of how the films were made, have the opportunity to drink Butterbeer, and explore giant gift shops full of all things Harry Potter.

Many people take 3.5 to 4 hours to visit here. So you’ll want to take this into account in planning your day as well as the time it will take you get there. This will be a full day trip for some.

T o get to the Studio, you can take a National Rail train (London Euston most convenient) to the Watford Junction station and then you can take the studio tour shuttle from the station to the film studios. You must book your tickets in advance online and have the voucher with you on your visit. You can also book a tour from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. 

Check out our detailed guide to the Harry Potter Studio Tour for more information, tips, and photos.

Explore Camden

After a morning spent exploring a royal palace, marveling at Hogwarts’ Great Hall, or wandering around one of the world’s best botanical gardens, you might want to head to the borough of Camden.

Camden is a diverse neighborhood that has been home to a number of famous people over the centuries from Charles Dickens to Sigmund Freud to Amy Winehouse.

Once an industrial area known for shipping gin, it is now known for its markets, music scene, street art, and alternative fashion stores. It is also home to Regent’s Park and the London Zoo, and Camden Lock is a popular place to start a canal boat ride along the Regent’s Canal. 

Camden Market

Camden Market is not a single market, but consists of several different markets within walking distance of each other. Market stalls sell just about everything including food, clothing, crafts, art, souvenirs, and more.

In addition to the market stalls, you’ll also find restaurants, bars, dance clubs, and other entertainment spaces here. It is a popular tourist destination as well as a meet-up spot for Londoners. Although the Camden Market is open daily, you’ll find it at its busiest and with the most open stalls on the weekends. Great place to find something to eat.

The ZSL London Zoo (fee*) is the world’s oldest scientific zoo and it was originally begun with a royal collection of animals that has been previously kept at the Tower of London. Today the zoo animals include lions, hippos, otters, gorillas, tigers, and giraffes. The newest exhibition is the Land of Lions which features a large interactive exhibit for its endangered Asiatic lions.

The London Zoo also has a Reptile House, an aquarium, an aviary, and a large collection of insects. There are several places to eat, shop, and you can even take a photography workshop or spend the night in the zoo.

The Regent’s Park

The Regent’s Park is a large 410 acre royal park that is mainly open parkland. In the northern end you’ll find the London Zoo, but you’ll also find lots of open spaces, gardens, sporting pitches and facilities, children’s playgrounds, sculptures, memorials, and an open air theater. You can also rent a boat to row across its lake (seasonal), climb Primrose Hill for a nice view of London, or enjoy the roses at Queen Mary Gardens.

There are also homes located in Regent’s Park, including Winfeld House, which has been the official residence of the U.S. Ambassador to the UK since after World War 2. A great place to have a break or enjoy a picnic (there is a restaurant located in the center of the park or bring your own food). 

Madame Tussauds

If you still have time and energy, you can cross Regent’s Park’s (by foot or bus) and you can visit Madame Tussauds. Madame Tussauds (fee) is a museum displaying the waxworks of famous and historic people from Tudor royalty to current Hollywood film stars.

The museum was started by an interesting French woman  Marie Tussaud  who traveled around Europe with her wax figure collection until opening a permanent location in 1835. Although many of the original figures have been destroyed or damaged by fire or bombing, some of Tussaud’s original figures still exist as well as older ones she inherited.

The oldest existing figure displayed in the collection is one modeled after Madame du Barry dating from 1765, but the museum also includes everyone from Queen Elizabeth II to the band One Direction to Angelina Jolie.

Although not for everyone, it is a popular place to take a selfie with your favorite stars. The museum has become a popular London attraction and there are now branches of Madame Tussauds around the world, but if you are only going to visit one, I’d visit the original! See our guide to visiting Madame Tussauds for more information.

Alternative places you may want to visit in the area include the Sherlock Holmes Museum  (fee) and the Jewish Museum (fee). Note that if you are a fan of Amy Winehouse, you’ll find a Amy Winehouse statue near the Stables Market, street art dedicated to her memory throughout the area, and there was an exhibition at the Jewish Museum about her life and career when we last visited.

London Itinerary Day 5 – Kensington

Today I’d suggest exploring the London borough of Kensington & Chelsea, with a particular focus on South Kensington. This affluent area of the city is full of museums, galleries, stores, and world-class entertainment venues. Everything on the main itinerary is within walking distance (or a short public transit ride if you prefer).

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a royal residence set in Kensington Gardens. It began as a fairly humble 17th century two-storey Jacobean mansion and was expanded by the royal family into the giant royal residence it is today.

The palace might be best associated with Queen Victoria as it was here that she spent much of her unhappy childhood and first learned that she was queen. More recently it was the official residence of Prince Charles, Princess Diana, and their two sons.

Today it is still an official private residence and workplace for many royals including Prince William and Prince Harry, but the State Rooms are open to the public. There is a lot to see here and it can be a bit confusing to try to wander around on your own, but luckily the palace has put together several different self-guided routes based on different themes and people (e.g., King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) to help you get the most of your visit.

There is a cafe here and the garden is a nice place to enjoy a cup of tea if the weather is pleasant.  This palace can be very busy, especially in the summer months or when they have a popular exhibition. If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend booking your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time.

Kensington Gardens

After visiting Kensnigton Palace, if the weather is nice, I’d spend some time exploring Kensington Gardens and adjacent Hyde Park. Within this large green space, you’ll find a number of gardens, sporting area, statues, biking trails, and boat rentals (seasonal).

Some of the notable places to see or visit include the Serpentine Gallery, Serpentine Sackler Gallery, the Princess Diana Memorial, Peter Pan statue, the Elfin Oak, and the ornate Albert Memorial. An easy place to spend an hour or two.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall  is a world-class performance venue that was opened in 1871 by Queen Victoria. The hall has hosted just about every kind of event which have included concerts by Richard Wagner, wartime speeches by Winston Churchill, rock concerts by the Beatles, tennis tournaments, Cirque du Soleil performances, and Star Wars films accompanied by a live symphony orchestra.

It has been host to the BBC Proms for decades. If you are interested in going inside, you can take a guided tour of the Royal Albert Hall (fee*). Guided tours include the original carriage entrance, the auditorium, gallery, royal private box, and the private suites of the royal family.

If you’d rather come for a performance, you can head inside to the Ticket Office. Note if you are on a small budget, inexpensive standing room only tickets are available for some performances, including the BBC Proms.

Kensington Museums

It’s museum time! Kensington is one of our favorite areas for museums as it has loads of them, and the best part is that almost all of them are free to visit! Let’s talk about the three main museums, and you can choose your favorite or dive into all three.

First you have The Science Museum which has information and exhibits on a range of scientific topics from genetics and electricity to space travel and virtual reality. There are loads of interactive exhibits that are both fun and educational. The museum also has an IMAX theater (fee*).

Next you have the Natural History Museum and its giant life and earth science specimens are housed in a beautiful building that looks more like a cathedral than a museum. Its collection holds over 80 million items and you can see everything from dinosaur skeletons to specimens collected by Charles Darwin to a giant mineral collection. There is also a seasonal butterfly house (fee) at the museum.

The  Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A Museum, is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design, with over 2 million objects in its collection that spans 5,000 years of human history! You’ll find everything from Greek pillars to Chinese vases to Alexander McQueen gowns here. The museum is also known for hosting popular temporary exhibitions (fee) throughout the year.

Kensington is well-known as a shopping destination with many of its most famous stores located along Kensington High Street, Brompton Road, King’s Road, and Sloane Street.

Among the hundreds of stores, you’ll find popular antique stores, the British department store Harvey Nichols, and the world-famous Harrods with its 1 million square feet of retail space which sells everything from speciality food to designer shoes!

Harrods was started by Charles Henry Harrods as a small family-run shop, but like many British landmark institutions it is sadly now owned by foreign corporations (in this case the state of Qatar). In addition to shopping, you might also want to stop for an afternoon tea, such as this fashion inspired afternoon tea in Knightsbridge.

If you prefer a market, the Portobello Road Market in Chelsea is a popular market and at its best on Saturdays. There are many cafes and restaurants in this area if you are here at dinner time.

Alternatives : There are many other things to see in the area (mostly in Chelsea), including the Chelsea Physic Garden (fee*), Leighton House Museum (fee), Design Museum , Portobello Road Market, Chelsea Football Club Stadium Tour & Museum (fee*), and the recently renovated National Army Museum (fee*).

London Itinerary Day 6 – Greenwich or Free Day

For your final day in London, consider spending the day in the London borough of Greenwich. Greenwich is world-famous as the traditional location of the Prime Meridian and for its observatory, but it also has a number of historical buildings, museums, a market, a giant park, and a famous tea clipper. A large portion of Greenwich, and most of today’s suggested itinerary, is part of the UNESCO World Heritage Site known as Maritime Greenwich.

Or alternatively leave this day free to wander around London’s streets and parks, do some shopping, or catch up on places you missed on prior days. Maybe you want to simply spend a day relaxing by the Thames, exploring the latest art exhibits, buying gifts for loved ones back home, or checking out vintage clothing shops. 

This is also a perfect day to follow your specific interests and passions, whether it is searching for  Harry Potter in London , checking out London’s best pubs, visiting Winston Churchill sites , taking a Jack the Ripper tour , checking off London’s World Heritage sites , exploring London’s street art, or finding the perfect fish & chips shop. 

The Cutty Sark (fee*) is a British clipper ship built in Scotland on the River Clyde in 1869. The ship is historically significant for being one of the last tea clipper ships ever built and one of the last clipper ships of this period still in existence. The ship was originally used to carry tea from China to England as quickly as possible and would visit almost every major world port during its life at sea.

In later years as steam-powered ships became popular, the Cutty Sark was used for cargo transport and then as a training ship. It was dry docked here in 1954 and is now one of the area’s most popular tourist attractions.

A tour of the Cutty Sark allows you to see the ship’s interior, learn about the ship’s history and what it was like at sea in Victorian times, hear stories of the people on board the ship, and see the ship’s hull up close as you walk underneath it. There is also a cafe on board where you can grab sandwiches or have afternoon tea (if you want a full afternoon tea, book it in advance). 

Tickets can be purchased in advance here .

Old Royal Naval College

The Old Royal Naval College is a set of buildings designed by Christopher Wren whose original purpose was to serve as a place to care for and house retired seamen. Later the large building complex was used as a naval training college and today is used for a number of functions, and many of the buildings are open to the public.

We’d recommend starting your visit at the Greenwich Visitor Centre which has some helpful information, displays, and artifacts. Then you can wander around the site to admire the buildings, and you can visit the Chapel and the beautiful Painted Hall, painted by James Thornhill in the early 18th century. Guided tours can also sometimes be arranged for those with a special interest to see more areas of the complex not usually open to the public.

Before the Old Royal Naval College was built, the Palace of Placentia (better known as Greenwich Palace) sat here which was the birthplace of King Henry VIII and his daughters and later queens Mary I and Elizabeth I. You can learn more about it in the Greenwich Visitor Centre.

National Maritime Museum

The National Maritime Museum is a great museum dedicated to the dramatic maritime history of Britain. The museum covers about everything related to the sea from shipping and trading, fishing, technology development, the Atlantic Slave trade, pirates and explorers, war battles at sea, leisure cruises, and the life of seamen throughout the ages. You’ll even find J.M.W. Turners’ largest painting The Battle of Trafalgar here.

The museum is packed with information, exhibits, and fun interactive bits. The museum is free to visit.  Not far away you can also visit the  Queen’s House , a beautiful and architecturally significant former royal residence designed by Inigo Jones.

Greenwich Park

Greenwich Park is yet another of the large royal parks in London that was once a royal hunting park. Here in its 183 green acres,you’ll find a number of attractions, historical ruins, memorials, sporting fields, a deer park, and gardens.

Our favorites are the rose garden, the Ranger’s House which houses the Wernher Collection of art, and the Royal Observatory Greenwich. Note that the hill in the park is a bit steep but those who climb the hill are also rewarded by a nice view of London.

Royal Observatory Greenwich

The Royal Observatory Greenwich  (fee*) is a well-known observatory that has played a significant role in the history of astronomy and navigation. It is known as the location of the prime meridian and gave its name to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) and sits first on the meridian line.

The observatory is now maintained as a museum and visitors can learn about the history and discoveries at the observatory, stand on the famous Meridian line, visit Flamsteed House, see a camera obscura, and see the great equatorial telescope.

Admission includes an audioguide to make the most of your self-guided visit. You can buy your tickets in advance here .

Nearby is the interactive Astronomy Centre (free to visit) and the attached Peter Harrison Planetarium (fee), which is currently London’s only planetarium. 

Greenwich Market

Greenwich Market has been in existence since the 18th century and is one of London’s best covered markets. The market sells food, clothing, flowers, antiques, crafts, souvenirs, art, and more. There are also a number of pubs and restaurants nearby. A great area to grab a snack or meal.

Isle of Dogs

If you are looking for a walk underneath the River Thames, you can take a walk across the Greenwich Foot Tunnel to the Isle of Dogs. The Isle of Dogs is surrounded by the Thames on three sides and while once na industrial dock area, it is mainly a residential area now. The view from the Island Gardens across the river of the Queen’s House and Greenwich Hospital was depicted by Canaletto in a few of his paintings.

From here you can walk back across the tunnel to Greenwich or take public transit onto your destination.  Note that if you haven’t done a Thames cruise yet and still want to, you can pick up a boat at the Greenwich Pier near the Greenwich foot tunnel entrance.

Final Night Out? If you haven’t already taken in a West End Show or gone out for some of London’s nightlife, this is your last chance to do it. If you are looking for an earlier evening (big flight tomorrow?), consider splurging on a nice dinner to enjoy your final evening in London and talk about all the great things you saw and did during your 6 days in London!

Save Money on your 6 Days in London Trip with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 6 days in London if you have a London Pass.

The following is based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Note, we have included images of the London Pass which was previously available as a physical product. As of 2021, the pass is only available as virtual product, which can be used through a smartphone app. The code can also be printed out for scanning.

Here is the cost savings for 6 days in London for 2 people with the London Pass based on our itinerary above:

It’s also always worth comparing prices between the official site here and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

As you can see in our example (with the 6 day pass) we ended up with a savings of £280.5 per person for a total cost savings of £561. This is definitely a considerable amount for six days of sightseeing!

Even if we had visited significantly fewer sites during the six days in London, we would have still saved money with the London Pass. A general rule is that you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 attractions per day to save money with a 6 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. It covers free entry to over 80 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it also saves times by providing fast track entry into certain busy sites.

However it is not a great fit for everyone, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our full review of the London Pass to help you decide as it breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. If you were planning a trip to London, which of these places would be must-sees on your itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you are planning a visit to London and have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 90 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Caroline Post author

November 27, 2023 at 8:42 am

Fantastic itinerary! Your detailed suggestions make planning my upcoming 6-day London trip a breeze. Can’t wait to explore these iconic spots and soak in the city’s charm. Thanks for the insights!

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

November 29, 2023 at 4:05 pm

Hi Caroline,

So happy to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Best, Jessica

Albert Post author

October 12, 2023 at 2:26 am

My name is Albert, I was very impressed after reading your article and I also got a lot of information. I also went on a trip to London once and enjoyed it a lot and that time I stayed at Edward Hotel. I have enjoyed your service a lot.

October 12, 2023 at 11:32 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so happy to hear that you found our London itinerary and travel information helpful in visiting London! Glad you had such a great stay and hope you have a chance to return to London again.

Happy travels! Jessica

Alexis Post author

April 8, 2023 at 4:46 pm

I just bought my airline tickets last Tuesday for travel the last week of September . I am traveling solo and now I need to start making the rest of my plans. This article has been incredibly helpful as London is a large city and I am overwhelmed! I am subscribed to your newsletter and look forward to gathering more information. Thank you for all the effort you put into this article and all the resources provided!

April 10, 2023 at 12:17 pm

Thanks so much for taking the time to comment and let us know that our London article has been helpul. Obviously, I would suggest editing the London itinerary to best suit your interests, pace, etc. but hopefully it will give you some good ideas on what you might want to see/do and how to organize your days. If you have any questions as you begin to book the rest of your trip, just ask!

Coleen Post author

February 25, 2023 at 8:39 am

Our group of 4 adults is planning a 5-day trip to London in late April to early May. We’ve been struggling over how best to allocate our time in the city. Your post’s itineraries are a wonderful resource for us! Thank you for all the work you’ve put into it!

February 25, 2023 at 10:58 pm

You’re very welcome and glad our London itinerary ideas have been helpful in planning your Spring trip. If you have any questions as you plan your trip, feel free to just ask!

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London!

Tom Post author

January 12, 2023 at 8:23 pm

This is how detailed and comprehensive a guide should be! Thanks for this, Jessica! Hoping to read more itineraries from your trips.

January 14, 2023 at 2:31 am

Thank you very much for your nice comment, and glad you are enjoying our London itinerary. It is a city we have spent a lot of time in. We do have other itineraries on our travel blogs (we also run Finding the Universe) that might be helpful for future trips elsewhere.

January 17, 2023 at 2:13 am

Thanks for mentioning your other blog site, I found the Cost of Travel in Uk blog very helpful. Anyway, since you’ve been or spent a lot in London, what do you think of private tours with GowithGuide, is it worth it? in terms of travel with family of DIY itinerary is still doable regardless of number of people traveling in London?

January 19, 2023 at 6:27 am

I don’t have any specific thoughts about GowithGuide and haven’t used this site for a private tour. But if you do hire a guide for a private tour in London, I’d recommend a licensed Blue Badge guide as they tend to be the best (and are the only people who can guide within certain places). If traveling with kids, it is best to find a tour guide who specifically does family tours as some of the guides can pack too much in or plan tours that aren’t very interesting to kids/teens. And yes, guides are normally able to do a set itinerary of their suggestions or you just pay them by the hour (plus all transport/entrance fees) to do a DIY itinerary that you decide in advance with your guide. So definitely good to ask all your questions before booking if planning to hire a private guide.

A private guide is definitely going to add a lot of extra cost to your trip, so I would think about if you feel you need one or not. London is a pretty easy city to see independently if you speak English so you definitely do not need one. So it just depends on if you think it would be worth the cost or not. Certainly a good guide can be priceless, especially if you have an interest in learning more about the history and backgrounds of the places you are visiting and for local recommendations.

We tend to just join tours within sites (e.g., tour the Parliament) and to do general city walking tours (e.g., an introduction to London tour or a Jack the Ripper tour). These are generally not that expensive as they are group tours and are generally 2-4 hours in length. Some are led by site guides (e.g., Parliament) or companies like Take Walks , City Wonders, or Context Travel.

Anyway, hope that helps!

January 23, 2023 at 11:00 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your input! I’ll take your suggestions/recommendations into consideration. Thanks a lot!

Babu Kaji Sitaula Post author

July 20, 2022 at 2:50 am

One of the most comprehensive guides to London that I have recently seen is this one. I’ve been to a good number of these sights, but there are still a ton left to see.

July 22, 2022 at 11:49 am

Thanks Babu for taking the time to comment. Glad you have enjoyed so many great places in London but this itinerary inspired you to visit still more places. I don’t think you can ever fully see a bit city like London – always something more to see or do 😉

Saras Mahara Post author

September 26, 2021 at 4:38 am

Most a wonderful and informative site. We would also like to see a day of countryside out of London, what would you recommend. I day we have a trip to Paris.

September 26, 2021 at 6:00 am

Glad you are finding our suggested London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. There are lots of countryside locations all around southern England so you will have no shortage of choices. But it really depends on what you want to do there, do you want to just see the countryside, do you want to go hiking, or some other activity? Do you want to go on a guided tour or do you want to take the train out to a location and explore on your own? Some locations might be the Cotswolds for pretty villages and countryside or Kent which has lots of countryside walks.

For example, this guided tour takes in a number of popular Cotswolds villages and includes a lot of driving through local countryside. This is a very beautiful part of the country and near where we live.

If you are a fan of “Downton Abbey”, the Highclere Castle tours may be of interest as those tours include filming locations that are set in the Cotswolds countryside. Many of the tours also include a visit to a historical farm. Just note that the home is only open a limited number of days a year so it would depend on the dates of your visit. But you can see our Highclere Castle guide for more information on visiting.

If you are looking for a more of a day of hiking on your own, you could consider a hike in lots of places like the Cotswolds (perhaps a section of the Cotswolds Way), Kent (lots of countryside walks), or do a short section of the Thames Path (this long-distance path runs alongside the river and goes through London). You would just need to figure out where you want to hike and plan your transport to and from there.

For the Thames Path , you can combine a popular attraction visit with hiking as places like Hampton Court Palace and Windsor Castle are along the path. So you could get train or bus from London to Hampton Count Palace for instance, visit the palace and then do a afternoon hike from there along the river and then return back. If you’d rather bike than hike, there are also biking tours like this one to Hampton Court that you can join.

Those are just a few ideas, but there is a lot of potential countryside locations that may suit depending on what you want to do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions!

mike Post author

May 31, 2021 at 10:38 pm

Thank you so much for this serious and well-thought-out list! I’m on my way here second time and I can see I have a lot of catching up to do. I want to add that for anyone considering a longer stay, it is worth checking out the co-living option. I had a flat here last time and loved it.

June 2, 2021 at 5:27 am

Glad that our London itinerary is helpful in planning your second visit to London. Yes, if you are staying for several day or more, it can often save you money and be easier to rent a flat than pay for a hotel, just depends how you like to travel and what amenities you need.

We have a guide to booking holiday homes and flats in the UK here that gives you some of the best booking websites if you are searching for one!

Polly Taylor Post author

August 23, 2020 at 9:44 am

Great itinerary. I used to live in London and haven’t done nearly all of these! I love Greenwich and its market, and always has a pie and mash at a great little cafe there – not been south of the river for a while now but must take our daughter up to London to explore before too long.

August 24, 2020 at 6:47 am

Yes, we love Greenwich – it is a great place to spend a day! Hope you get a chance to visit London with your daughter soon.

Victoria Post author

January 8, 2020 at 10:20 am

So happy to find this! I goofed on calendar dates and booked Harry Potter 1st on our trip instead of the walking tour you suggest. We arrive in June on a Sat late. Booked Harry Potter for Monday not knowing there is no changing of the guard on Tuesday for the tour. And it looks like no tours are booked on Sundays. What do you recommend we do 1st Sunday? Pretty much want to see all you mention in your itinerary, I guess I’m just out of order. 1st time visitor to the UK. Thank you!

January 8, 2020 at 12:20 pm

Hi Victoria,

Don’t worry, you can do the days in really any order, so I would just book any tours on the days that work best for you and for what’s happening (such as the changing of the guard). You can leave your Harry Potter tour as is or switch it to a better day, but I would not be too worried about the order. But yes, you do need to check opening hours/days and schedules for the attractions you really want to visit. For instance, I think Westminster Abbey is also closed on Sundays for public visits (services only).

For the Changing of the Guard, if you are interested in seeing it as part of one of the walking tours, I’d just join the tour on a day the changing of the guard is scheduled to happen. Just note that weather and royal events can affect the ceremony as well, so just keep that in mind. But I’d just do the Westminster highlights on that day, in however it fits into your schedule. If the tour doesn’t work into your schedule, you can of course just head over on your own to see the Changing of the Guard, just be sure to try to get to the palace well before it starts so you can find a place to stand.

For Sunday, I think Kensington would be a good area to explore. There is the palace, the parks and gardens, Royal Albert Hall, several free museums, and lots of shopping opportunities in that area. So you have lots of choices of how to structure your day. As far as I can think of (but do double check all the places you definitely want to visit), all the main attractions are usually open on Sundays. Just note that Sunday is generally going to be a busier day for museums and attractions as you have all the local people off work and it is a day a lot of families go out – but this is going to be true of any place in London (especially free places).

If you are planning on using a London Pass (or other tourist pass), it is only valid for a set number of consecutive days. So I would just make sure you go to the things included on your pass within the allocated number of days once you activate the pass.

The other thing to note is that we list a lot of options and alternatives for each day of our London itinerary, and it is designed to help give you an area to explore each day and a suggested route. You can’t of course visit all the places (especially if you want to really go inside and spend time) we mention under each day and do all the extra tours and activities we mention. So I’d use each day as a guide for the area you are visiting and the major attractions, and then focus on all the places that are must-sees, whether you want to really visit each place or just view it from the outside (and how long you think the visit will take), and then make a list for “other things that I’d like to see here if there is time”. This can really help prioritize your days, especially if you encounter delays or you decide to spend longer than expected somewhere.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to the UK!

Helen Post author

October 29, 2019 at 9:54 am

Your suggestions have been so helpful. We area going to London next month! We hope to see some of the Christmas markets while we are there. I am not sure if I missed it, but how long per day (approximately) from start to finish to fit in the itinerary? We generally like to move at a leisurely pace and so I would want to make some adjustments if it is a little overwhelming for us. Thanks again for all your ideas! Helen

October 29, 2019 at 1:30 pm

Happy to hear our itinerary is helpful! Our London itinerary is just a general suggestion for how you could spend 6 days in London. We discuss more attractions than you’d want to squeeze into each day to give you choices. So I’d use it more to base each day. The days are laid out to give you a good roadmap but you’ll want to adjust as needed. I’d take into account which attractions are of interest and for those you want to visit, how long you’d want to spend at each (taking into account security and lines).

For example, for Day 1 describes a walking route focused on Westminster, joining together a number of historical and popular attractions and sights. You could complete the general sightseeing path in an hour or so on foot, but then you want to add in time for each attraction you want to stop and visit, breaks, meals, etc. Some people may want to just spend a few minutes seeing Westminster Abbey from the outside and then move on and others will want to go inside and spend a couple of hours touring it, so it is really dependent on the traveler. If as part of the walk, you want to visit Westminster Abbey (for an estimated 1.5 hours), stop for lunch (for estimated 1 hour), visit the National Gallery (for an estimated 2 hours), and stop in to see the Banqueting Hall (estimated 40 minutes) as part of the route, that would fill up most of your day.

Our itineraries are definitely designed for a full day of sightseeing (after breakfast to dinner), so yes I would definitely adjust down for a more leisurely day out. And take into account other things you want to do such as the Christmas markets. For example you may want to try to take out a day out of the itinerary and try to do 5 of the days over 6 days.

Hope that helps! Jessica

BK Lim Post author

October 12, 2019 at 8:20 pm

Can I check if this London itinerary is recommended for summer? I’m going in Nov/Dec and I was told the days are shorter.

October 13, 2019 at 12:34 am

Our London itinerary will work any time of the year and just about all the places mentioned are opened year-round. Our 6 day London itinerary is a suggestion though and you’ll want to edit it to your specific schedule and preferences.

The daylight hours will, of course, be shorter in London in the winter months than in the summer months. Also some of the attraction opening hours may be a bit shorter than in the summer months. So you may not be able to see or do quite as much as you could in the summer months. Our 6 day London itinerary provides lots of suggestions for each day, and you can still use it to guide each day. But you will probably want to maybe aim for no more than 3 major attractions (to go inside) each day.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Luciana Post author

July 10, 2019 at 5:08 pm

Thanks for such a great article! I’ll be in London next month for the first time in my life and you’ve been of great help. I’ve been reading about the London Pass, and they offer some interesting excursions on their app, but the problem is I haven’t been able to find their price. Could you help me? Thanks in advance!

July 11, 2019 at 3:20 pm

Hi Luciana, Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful. I am not 100% sure which excursions you are referring to but London Pass holders do get discounted prices on some tours outside of London, and you can view these and their prices and book them here . Hope that helps! Best, Jessica

Patty Post author

July 1, 2019 at 10:49 am

Thank you for the amazing 6-day London Itinerary! My husband, two adult daughters and I will be visiting London for 7 days in September (13th – 19th) for the first time. We’ve been doing a lot of research and have put together a tentative itinerary. I do have a couple questions I hope you can answer. Is it wise to visit Westminster Abbey at opening time one day and the Tower of London first thing on another day? Do you think the queues will be long that time of year? Is there a way to buy a ticket or book a tour to avoid the queues? It looks like I can buy a ticket on the Westminster Abbey website for a particular day and time block (9:30-11:30 am) so assume it’s not a timed entry and will wait for entrance. It looks like the Tower Of London tickets don’t offer a timed entry either. Thanks for any advice you can provide.

July 3, 2019 at 10:02 am

Hi Patty, Yes, Tower of London in particular we recommend visiting when it first opens as it doesn’t absorb crowds that well in certain areas such as the line to see the Crown Jewels which can get busy and long. We were the first group in on our last visit and didn’t have any long waits. Westminster Abbey is also always busy but does absorb crowds better, but can be good to visit near opening if it fits in your schedule. Kensington Palace is another site in London that is best to try to visit near opening if it is on your list.

London is a popular and busy destination year round but September is not going to be nearly as busy as July and August so attractions will be busy but should not be super busy. We normally visit with the London Pass so we just try to arrive near opening for busiest places and then visit less busy places later in the day.

Yes, Westminster Abbey does offer fast-track entry tickets (only sold by them online) for most days and times. We have not used these but you get to avoid the ticket lines and I think you should be able to go through a faster security line. But you may want to send them an email or call them to confirm this. The tickets are sold by time blocks so you just need to be in line before that time period ends to use your ticket.

For the Tower of London, you can currently pre-purchase tickets online for entry to avoid the ticket line but I don’t think it gets you into a priority line.

If you you are interested in a walking tour (and all 4 of you are reasonably fit), this tour by Take Walks is a great one to consider. It is organized in a way so that you see as much as possible in one day and includes tours of both of the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey as well as Changing of the Guard ceremony and more. One great advantage is the guide is a Blue Badge guide so can do tours inside both attractions. So that might be something to consider for your first or second full day in London.

MDHegs Post author

June 24, 2019 at 11:13 am

Excellent itinerary!! My wife and I will be visiting for 8-days in August and have secured lodging near Madame Tussaud’s and Regent’s Park. We have already received our Visitor Oyster Card and selected this location due to it’s close proximity to a couple of underground lines. Is this a suitable location, in your opinion?? I am using your itinerary as a baseline and filling in with specific markets, for dining and a walking tour or two to dig a little deeper into some history and culture. On day 7 we are going up to Highgate Cemetery with Take Walks … Can’t wait!! Thank you for the excellent post!!

June 24, 2019 at 5:55 pm

Hi there, Yes, I think that as long as you are somewhat central and near a good public transit line, you should be able to easily do a lot of sightseeing in London. Regents Park is a nice area, and there are two Underground stations really close together there (Baker Street and Regent’s Park). You are just a 15 to 20 minute Tube ride from the very center of the city so it should not take you too long to reach any of the places in our 6 day London itinerary except of course if you head out to Kew Gardens, Windsor, etc.

The Highgate Cemetery tour sounds interesting, that must be new to Take Walks, we’ll have to check it out!

Wishing you a great visit to London, Jessica

Beverly Post author

May 30, 2019 at 2:59 am

Did you stay in the same hotel for the 6 days or did you book different hotels according to your itinerary? Thank you

May 30, 2019 at 7:34 am

Hi Beverly, We would recommend staying in the same hotel, which is why we recommend a centrally located hotel so you are closer to most of London’s attractions. But you could split up in stay in 2 places if you really wanted to do so of course, but I’d probably recommend just one place if you can so you don’t have pack up and move hotels in the middle of your visit. Best, Jessica

Danny Doan Post author

May 28, 2019 at 11:37 am

Hi Jessica, Thank you so much for the 6 day itinerary. I have a couple of questions I hope you could answer. Do you know if the airbnb’s apartment in London have a safe box to put personal belongings in to? And are there any budget hotels in London that can accommodate a family of 4? My wife and I travel with our sons who are 17 and 18.

May 28, 2019 at 12:04 pm

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful!

If you are thinking of an Airbnb in London (note we have personally NOT had good experiences in London with budget Airbnbs), most Airbnbs do not have a guest safe. But I am sure some do, but you will likely need to contact properties individually to ask if they offer a safe as it is not a feature you can currently search for and this as it is not often included in the descriptions. It is not typical if renting an Airbnb apartment. If having a safe is important, I’d recommend looking at budget hotels or apartment hotels instead as they are much more likely to have a safe box in the room.

Yes, most budget hotels can accommodate 4 persons. Most room configurations though are going to be 2 double beds, so if your sons are OK with sharing that could work for 1 room. Or try to find a family room that has 1 double and 2 singles or 2 doubles with a pull-out sofa. Otherwise, I’d probably recommend getting 2 separate rooms, one for you and your wife and one for your sons. You can search for rooms for 4 adults here on Booking.com .

Hope that helps, let me know if you have further questions.

May 28, 2019 at 6:14 pm

Thank you so much for you help.

melis Post author

May 25, 2019 at 1:36 am

I had stayed just 3 nights in Westminster, and it was totally enough to love that city. On my last day, I just tried to see something negative, but no way.. It might be only some expensive when you compare it with other European cities, I guess. And, this post… It looks like a formal guide, more than a blog content. Thank you…

May 25, 2019 at 7:52 am

Hi Melis, Yes, it is easy to love London, and we love staying in or near Westminster or elsewhere in central London. It is a great time for new visitors to the city as it makes it easy to walk to so many of the highlights like the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, and Buckingham Palace! Glad to hear that you didn’t have anything negative to say about your stay, and hope you return to see more of what London has to offer! Best, Jessica

Kathy Post author

May 20, 2019 at 6:52 pm

So much helpful advice here…thankyou! Re London Pass or London Explorer Pass…the former has a maximum 10 day pass whereas Explorer gives you 30 days, which is great for us. We will have 10 days in London and may want to vegetate a bit in between serious sightseeing!! Value your thoughts on this…am I missing something here? ( apart from different venues depending on your interests)

May 21, 2019 at 5:19 am

Hi Kathy, In terms of time the London Explore Pass may be good if you have more than 10 days in London and want to explore the attractions at any time during your visit. However, the London Pass gives you free entry to a lot more attractions (60+) than the London Explorer Pass which only allows you to visit up to 7 attractions (out of 20) plus sightseeing bus for 1 day. That included attractions are also different between the two.

I think the main thing to consider is what attractions do you know you want to visit? Then see if the London Explorer Pass is a good fit and includes those. If not, the 10 day London Pass may be a better fit.

Kathy J Post author

May 22, 2019 at 1:04 am

Thanks heaps Jessica! I’ve since been checking reviews and London Explorer Pass doesn’t seem to be a good option….not recognised at some venues etc. etc When 80% of reviews aren’t favourable I think it pays to steer clear!

May 22, 2019 at 4:42 am

Hi Kathy, The London Explorer Pass is sold by the same company as the London Pass, but it is just a different product. I haven’t heard anything negative about it (it should work as designed) but it works differently from the London Pass. I think the bad reviews are likely by people who did not know how it worked. It will definitely save you money if the attractions included fit where you want to visit. But if you are not sure, the London Pass gives you a much wider range of attractions to choose from and you can visit as many as you want during the consecutive day period. Hope that helps! Jessica

ALLISON brackett Post author

April 30, 2019 at 3:08 pm

I’m getting to London at 6:30 in the morning on a Sunday after a long flight. Do you have recommendations on what to see without having advance tickets on that day? With possible delays/exhaustion I’m afraid of booking activities in advance for our arrival day. Thank you for any help.

May 2, 2019 at 2:01 am

Hi Allison, If your flight arrives at 6:30am, you should have a lot of time that first day. But since you’ll likely be tired, I’d just plan a relaxing day. You have a lot of options and really could pick stuff from any of the days of the 6 day itinerary.

I would recommend having a London Pass and then perhaps doing the suggested walking route around Westminster as described in Day 1 – you can stop into the attractions that look interesting and you have time to visit. Most don’t require reservations and most are free to enter with the London Pass. A few places in London do close to visitors on Sunday, notably Westminster Abbey, so do keep that in mind. Then whatever you don’t see the first day, you can just go back and visit the next day.

Another option would be going to go to Kensington and explore the museums, parks, and shops around that area at your leisure. Or maybe you just want to tackle one big place, like spending the day at Hampton Court Palace, Windsor Castle, or exploring the British Museum.

This is also maybe a good day to do a sightseeing bus as you can get your bearings while justing relaxing on a bus. Or do a Thames boat cruise.

Michelle Post author

April 23, 2019 at 9:48 am

Hi, i am travelling to London and bought 6 Days london pass. Am so confuse where to start as my hubby will hv interview on Day 2 of our arrival. Intervirw is at Birdcage walk near Westminster. I would also like to visit Paris as i will be thete in London for 10days. Staying at relative place at southfield. Much appreciate if u could guide on the best itinerary. First time traveller from malaysia

April 24, 2019 at 7:08 am

Hi Michelle,

I think that the 6 Day London itinerary above should work well for you, but you should do the days as they make sense with your schedule and not necessarily do them in order. So for the day you are in Westminster, Day 1 is a good one to follow. Most attractions in our itinerary are included on the London Pass.

Southfields is not very central or near many tourist attractions, except Wimbledon, so just keep that in mind as you will need to take public transit each day to get to each of the neighborhoods we recommend in our itinerary. So plan in that extra time. Your relatives should be able to tell you the nearest Underground and bus stops and the best ways to use public transit from where you will be located.

Since you have 10 days, I’d consider doing at least a couple of day trips out of London. We recommend several at the top of this article to places like Stonehenge, Oxford, Stratford-upon-Avon, etc.

Paris can be visited as a day trip or you can take the Eurostar train and stay overnight in Paris and then return to London, depending on your schedule and budget. You can also book a tour from London to Paris, and you can see options here and here .

Hope that helps, let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Bob Post author

April 22, 2019 at 6:50 am

Admiring the persistence you put into your travel blog and in depth information you provide. It’s nice to come across a blog every once in a while that isn’t the same old rehashed material. Fantastic read!

April 22, 2019 at 7:01 am

Hi Bob, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and travel blog – hope you’ll continue to follow along with our adventures and articles. Best, Jessica

pat Post author

November 17, 2018 at 8:23 pm

I know, there’s a lot of websites out there but this London itinerary is fantastic! Giving me so many great ideas for our vacation. Thanks!

November 18, 2018 at 7:08 am

Hi Pat, So glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your vacation. Thanks for taking the time to comment! Best, Jessica

Travelouts Post author

November 12, 2018 at 2:36 am

Excellent London itinerary, and thank you for sharing so many very helpful thoughts!!! Best of luck with your travels

November 12, 2018 at 6:06 am

Hi there, Thanks, and do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London! Best, Jessica

MickeyArorra Post author

October 22, 2018 at 1:41 am

This is a great post. You have covered all the aspects of London. I love to live in London. Its nightlife is just amazing – Bar’s, Pubs, Theaters everything is just superb.

October 22, 2018 at 11:49 am

Hi Mickey, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and so happy to hear you think we gave some comprehensive coverage of things to do. Yes, London does have some great nightlife and quite a variety! We are looking forward to being back in London in a couple of weeks 😉 Best, Jessica

Samuel Post author

September 30, 2018 at 1:40 pm

Great info indeed on London. I and my wife will like to visit and tour London on 6 days tour starting from 15th -22nd December 2018. we are coming from Lagos Nigeria. Can you please arrange the tour itinerary, accommodation inclusive with mode of payment. yours truly, Samuel.

October 3, 2018 at 8:28 pm

I am happy to hear that you enjoyed our 6 day London itinerary. We are travel writers not a tour operator and cannot book a tour or accommodation for you. But we are happy to provide any additional tips you may have about what to do or where to stay.

If you would like an itinerary and tour booked for you, I would contact a local travel agent or tour operator who operates in London.

Arun Mishra Post author

August 1, 2018 at 7:30 am

Hey Jessica, I am visiting London and Scotland in the month September and I was wondering how to go about it ! Though my daughter just came back from LSE after completing her summer schooling program and gave me lot of tips but your post solved all my problems. This is my first trip to London and staying almost 8 days there. Thank you so much for the valuable tips and information. Warm regards Arun

August 1, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Arun, I am so happy to hear you found our London itinerary article helpful and thank you so much for taking the time to comment! We have lots of articles on both London and Scotland (our current home) on our travel blogs, but just let us know if you have any questions as you continue to plan your trip. London is such a fantastic city and having 8 days will give you time to see so many of the city’s highlights!! Happy travels, Jessica

Vidhi Sehgal Post author

June 13, 2018 at 1:10 pm

Hi , Great Post. Just wanted to know which month did you travel in? I plan to travel to London in November, will the tourist spots mentioned in your post be open then?

June 14, 2018 at 2:16 am

Hi Vidhi, Yes, almost all major attractions (and even most minor ones) are open year-round in London. Buckingham Palace for instance is only open for part of the summer, but all the rest should be open. However, many may have reduced winter hours so just check the website of the attraction before you visit to note the opening days and times. Wishing you a great trip to London! Best, Jessica

Amy & Scott Post author

October 3, 2017 at 5:43 am

Wow, we are going to London in 2 months and this is the most helpful post I’ve come across over the past week in searching for things to do during our time in London. This London itinerary covers all of the things we had on our bucketlist plus so many other great places and tips on how to spend our time. My husband and I are very grateful and we’ll be printing this out and bring it along our our trip!! Our warm thanks from NYC!

October 3, 2017 at 7:09 am

Hi Amy & Scott, So happy to hear and thanks for taking the time to comment! Wishing you a fantastic visit to London and please just let us know if you have any questions about our London itinerary or traveling in London. Best, Jessica

Sand In My Suitcase Post author

September 10, 2017 at 7:33 pm

Wow! This is a really fabulous detailed guide to things to do in London! We’ve hit London from time to time over the years for a couple of nights here and a couple of nights there — before or after a cruise. We’ve enjoyed the double-decker, hop-on/hop-off sightseeing bus for an overview of the city. And oh the musicals and plays! That’s our favorite thing to do in London — take in a West End show.

You’ve got us thinking that next time we should explore the Camden area. :-).

September 12, 2017 at 12:02 pm

Hi guys, Thanks! Yes, a bus tour or walking tour is always a great way to get a good feel and look around a new city! The West End is definitely a great area for those who like theater and musicals!! Camden is a great area of London to explore if you haven’t been before, there are of course the famous markets and London Zoo, but you can take canal boat rides, visit Jewish Museum, do street art tours, wander Regent’s Park, etc. It is definitely an area with a different vibe! Best, Jessica

Lyn @ A Hole in my Shoe Post author

September 4, 2017 at 11:19 pm

What an amazing itinerary which will surely stop me walking around in awe and keep me in the right direction. We like to fit as much as we can in our days as it is so far to travel we make the very most of our time. Thanks for keeping all this info in one place so we can save for a reference when we finally make it to UK.

September 5, 2017 at 1:37 am

Hi Lyn, You should still leave some time to walk around in awe 😉 Westminster and the City of London have the biggest concentration of the iconic sites and are great areas to hit in your first few days in London. Hope you get to the UK soon and hopefully this London itinerary will come in handy! Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

September 4, 2017 at 2:06 pm

Very good itinerary, Jessica. We’ve spent a week in London some years ago and visited all these places (except for the Royal Albert Hall), but I loved revisiting them with you through your beautiful post and pictures. We also bought the London Pass, like you, and saved a lot of money. For us it was worth it.

September 5, 2017 at 1:36 am

Hi Anda, Thanks, glad you like our suggested itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. Happy to hear that you saved a lot of money from buying a London Pass. Best, Jessica

Cheryl Post author

September 2, 2017 at 5:52 pm

What an amazing and detailed itinerary for London! I’m pinning it now for later planning. I love how you included alternatives in it. My favorite is Warner Bros. Studios and the Harry Potter set. I’m a self professed Potterhead (nerd, but I’m good with it lol). This post has definitely moved London up some notches on my travel bucket list and made it seem more affordable with the right planning.

September 4, 2017 at 11:21 am

Hi Cheryl, Glad you enjoyed our 6 days in London itinerary. We just went to the Warner Brothers Studios the Making of Harry Potter tour this year and really enjoyed it. We are not huge Harry Potter fans but still spent almost 3 hours doing the tour and stopping for a snack and butter beer 😉 You might enjoy Laurence’s guide to Harry Potter spots in London and my guide to Harry Potter sites in Edinburgh for future trips! Best, Jessica

Ruth | Tanama Tales Post author

September 2, 2017 at 10:42 am

Jessica, you knocked it out of the park! Well, you always do but this time you hit the ball a bit harder. I visited London once but my time there was so, so reduced. I have come to the realization that London needs time (like other great cities in the world). I like to have 3 or 4 days in a city but I think that will never be enough in London. I will like to have at least a week in the city. And, I will love to follow parts of your itinerary. I am the one always looking for walking maps!

September 4, 2017 at 11:09 am

Hi Ruth, Thanks for the kind words! Yes, I agree, 3 or 4 days is not enough time in London as it is in many cities. Some cities like London, Paris, NYC, etc. just need a lot more time as they just have so many great sites, attractions, and entertainment options. We think 5 or 6 days in London is a good amount of time to see a lot on a first trip without getting overwhelmed or exhausted. I hope you get a chance to return soon and do parts of this London itinerary and use the suggested walking maps 😉 Jessica

Hilary Post author

September 2, 2017 at 9:11 am

Amazing list of things to do in London! We’ve already done many of them, but many are definite repeats if you ask me! My boys and I plan to spend 2 weeks in London over the Christmas Holidays, and will definitely refer back to this list for inspiration!

September 4, 2017 at 11:04 am

Hi Hilary, Yes, we often return to places we love as well. We’ll be back in London in November and already have plans to re-visit a couple of the galleries 😉 Enjoy your upcoming trip to London. Best, Jessica

Paul and Carole Post author

September 2, 2017 at 12:05 am

This is an excellent post on London. We spent 4 days there in April and covered quite a bit, but would love to go back so have pinned your post for reference. Your photo of the Beefeater at the Tower is spectacular!

September 4, 2017 at 11:03 am

Hi Paul & Carole, Thanks, and I hope you get a chance to visit London again. There is so much to do in the city that it is difficult to see everything you want in one (or two!) trips 😉 Thanks, Laurence shot that at the Tower our first trip to London together a couple of years ago – we had a gray rainy day and that was the best shot of the day! Best, Jessica

Michelle | michwanderlust Post author

September 1, 2017 at 9:18 pm

I just love how thorough and detailed your posts always are! Definitely a great resource for anyone planning to visit London. Even though I’ve spent a lot of time in London, I haven’t visited all the places on your list – especially the Greenwich area, or even St Paul’s Cathedral, which is actually pretty close to my apartment. Pinned this for when I go back to London later this year!

September 4, 2017 at 11:01 am

Hi Michelle, St. Paul’s Cathedral is a great church, I didn’t find it as historically interesting as Westminster Abbey but it has a lot of history and significance and is definitely a symbol of London. The dome was definitely a highlight for Laurence, although I would recommend trying to go early to avoid it being too crowded as the line for the dome can get long and is slow moving. Greenwich has loads of great things to do, we spent a couple of days exploring Greenwich on our last trip and Laurence’s brother is actually moving there next year so should get to see even more 😉 Definitely recommend going the next time you are in London, lots of stuff to do including museums, the Cutty Sark, historical buildings, the O2 arena, family-friendly things, and a giant park. Best, Jessica

Upeksha Post author

September 1, 2017 at 3:04 pm

This is a one of the most detailed guides to London I have seen for a long time. I have been to quite a few of these, but there’s still so many to visit.

September 3, 2017 at 11:49 am

Hi Upeksha, I am not sure if you could ever see everything in London, and I think that makes it one of those cities that is great to keep visiting. We are excited to head back again in a few months! Best, Jessica

Lolo Post author

September 1, 2017 at 2:55 pm

I’ve done soooo much in all of my many visits to London, but at the same time there is still sooo much to see and do! I can’t believe you managed it all in 6 days! That London Pass definitely seems like it’s worth the splurge! Pinned!

September 3, 2017 at 11:45 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass can be a great deal as even though it may seem like a lot upfront, the cost of many of the attractions in London are £15 to £20 each. We did not actually do this exact itinerary in a single 6 day trip, but it is based on our many visits to London. This is what we came up with for the best itinerary for first or second time visitors. One should definitely go at their own pace and adjust our suggested London itinerary each day to meet their needs. Best, Jessica

Tanja Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:39 pm

excellent post! and it’s great to see other people also doing a lot on a trip, visiting actual sights not just trendy things they saw on Instagram or Pinterest:) I shuddered when I saw some of the prices, I was fortunate to have done most of these on my trips to London before a couple of years, the prices are sky high now! Can you believe that I paid only 12 pounds for Tower of London? but then again,it was 10 years ago. luckily, there are many free attractions in London, and once you’ve visited all the main attractions you can do the rest:) I did Sky garden last year for instance:) and Tower Bridge exhibition but only because they didn’t have the glass walkaway before:)

September 3, 2017 at 11:29 am

Hi Tanja, We like to really explore cities and we’ve been to London now a number of times so have seen most of the major attractions and many of the lesser known ones, although we always discover something new on each visit. Yes, 10 years ago prices were definitely lower and there seems to be a small increase in attraction entry fees every year or two. Although its not just London as we have observed in the same in Paris, NYC, SF, etc. London does indeed have some great free attractions, I love the parks, shopping arcades, and free museums. Best, Jessica

Anisa Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:11 pm

Wow you really covered a lot and I can tell a lot of thought went into this post (like usual!). I have been to a lot of these but there are some I still need to visit, like the Churchill War rooms. I had no idea that you could save so much using the London pass, that is a great tip.

September 3, 2017 at 11:25 am

Hi Anisa, The Churchill War Rooms are fantastic (well in my opinion!) and the museum is very centrally located (short 5-7 minute walk from Westminster Abbey or Parliament Square). Most people go to see the secret bunker and war rooms and learn about how it operated during WW2, but my favorite part is the Churchill Museum which is a giant room filled with all kind of Churchill artifacts, memorabilia, and information. The London Pass includes free entry into about 60 attractions in London (e.g., Churchill War Rooms, Westminster Abbey, London Zoo, Tower of London) and can really save many visitors money as most are going to want to visit some of the included attractions. Best, Jessica

Gary Post author

August 30, 2017 at 12:05 am

Great post, you’ve managed to cover so many sides of London in six days, with so much detail. I love the city. However, I am biased as I’m a Londoner, it says so on my Birth Certificate.

You’ve captured a brilliant mix of history, culture – London’s green spaces, museums and galleries. Glad you included Camden & Greenwich because both offer another side of London.

I have to agree the best way to see London is on foot – there’s so much to see, or bus if the feet are weary (The river cruise is also a good idea). I’d say avoid the underground unless it’s a distance (Smartphones & maps help here) because there’s always something to see when heading from A to B.

As I said, fabulously detailed post, and will help a visitor see a chunk of London.

Happy Travels,

August 30, 2017 at 3:08 pm

Hi Gary, Glad that we have the seal of a approval of a Londoner!! Laurence lived in the city for a few years but honestly didn’t make it to many tourist sites during that time, so it has been fun exploring them together when in the city. We get a lot of readers asking for these longer itineraries so finally put one together! Yes, exploring London by foot is a lot of fun as you never know what you’ll see and cutting across green spaces is so nice as it gives you a bit of time to relax!! Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

Posted on Published: 10th February 2023  - Last updated: 2nd January 2024 Categories London Travel Tips

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide

Love This? Save and Share!

Planning a short visit to London and not sure what to see? I’ve created the perfect 2 days in London itinerary: everything you need to know to plan the perfect trip.

As a born and bred Londoner, it can be too easy to take my hometown for granted. Buckingham Palace – been there, done that. London Eye? Literally used to work there. 

For someone who loves my hometown, I was close to becoming a little bit (dare I say it?)… jaded.

Utterly ridiculous right? I agree. So I decided to fix the situation and spend 2 days in London like a tourist. 

The result? IMHO the best London itinerary that you can get your hands on. 

If you’re planning your trip to the city and wondering what to do in London in 2 days, hold it right there. Put your comfortable walking shoes on and prepare yourself for this perfectly storming tour of gritty, grimy, beautiful London,

PS… Have even less time? Here’s my guide to exploring London in one day .

2 Days in London Itinerary 

10am – hyde park.

Start your two days in London in Hyde Park, one of London’s Royal Parks and my second favourite London park (the first is St James’s Park – don’t worry, we’ll pop in there later).

I love visiting Hyde Park in the morning – it somehow feels so utterly quaint. Low-key celebrity joggers, dog walkers with some of London’s most pampered pooches in well-ordered clusters at heel, a few ambitious souls swimming in the Serpentine (the lake in the middle of the park).

It’s a nice way to introduce you to London – enjoy some peace and quiet while you can, you’re about to enter the fray. 

After Hyde Park, cross over to walk through Green Park and over to Buckingham Palace. 

11am – Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

I mean, you can’t take a trip to London and not visit old Queenie at Buckingham Palace . 

Buckingham Palace is every bit as large and ostentatious as you’d expect for the official residence of the monarch. I mean, it’s all a bit embarrassing really, 775 rooms (no, that’s not a typo) including 188 bedrooms for the staff alone and 78 bathrooms in case you were wondering.

You can visit the State Rooms during the summer months (I think they’re a bit overrated, to be honest. Liz isn’t letting the general public anywhere near the good stuff for love nor money) or satisfy yourself by taking a million pictures of the palace’s exterior.

Anyway, we’re not actually here to visit Buckingham Palace. We’re here to see something much more exciting. The Changing of the Guard .

The Changing of the Guard is officially when The Queen’s Guard hands over responsibility for protecting Buckingham Palace and St. James’s Palace to the New Guard. Whatever that means…

In reality, it’s a glorious display of slightly ridiculous but iconic tradition as the guards strut (sorry, march) around in their bright scarlet tunics and skyscraper bearskin hats, accompanied by music.

Unfortunately, the powers that be don’t think we could deal with the excitement of the Changing of the Guard every day, so it only takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays in the winter months, though it is daily during the summer months. Days and times can change or be cancelled. Check before you go.

We’ve just about got time to pop into St James’s Park for a little stroll. 

Sandwiched between Buckingham Palace, Downing Street and Horse Guards Parade, St James’s Park is a little bit of bliss in central London.

If you had more time, I’d suggest you plop yourself down on one of the benches with an ice cream and soak up the idyllic setting. But you don’t. So onwards we go.

12pm – Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben

Can I make a confession? 

I hadn’t actually visited Westminster Abbey until recently. Walked past it? A million times. Actually made the effort to go inside? Nope.  Westminster was for tourists.

Turns out I was missing a lot.

Westminster Abbey dates back to 1245 in its present form and the site has been the country’s coronation church (when the monarch is officially crowned) since 1066. It’s also one of the most spectacular gothic buildings in the UK – make sure you have plenty of space on your memory card.

I’m not that bothered about seeing the graves of past monarchs, but you shouldn’t miss Poet’s Corner, where some of the nation’s leading literary figures are buried or commemorated.

On a slightly less macabre note, pop out of Westminster Abbey and cross the road to see the Houses of Parliament in the Palace of Westminster.

The Houses of Parliament is the seat of British government, and another pretty impressive Gothic building as well. It’s not hard to imagine the cogs of politics running their course in the depths of this grand old building.

The Houses of Parliament are also famous for their role in the notorious gunpowder plot, when Guy Fawkes, Robert Catesby and a band of Catholic dissenters tried to blow up the Houses of Parliament and the then king, James I.

Didn’t work out so well for them, but it was the inspiration for our much-loved Fireworks Night, so they’ve made their mark in the history books in one way.

Big Ben is perched next to the Houses of Parliament (well, actually it’s a part of the Palace of Westminster too). 

I should warn you that Big Ben is currently undergoing some serious renovations for the next couple of years… you can still see one of the clock faces, but it’s not quite the ‘gram opportunity you’d hope for. 

Nevermind, it gives you a great excuse to come back in a couple of years right?

2pm – Lunch at The Cinnamon Club

You’ve been working hard. All that walking, paying attention, dodging the angry Londoners stalking the pavement. It’s really hard work – I get it. Time to treat yourself to lunch at The Cinnamon Club.

The Cinnamon Club is one of my favourite restaurants in London for one reason. Because it serves fabulous food. You have not TASTED a curry until you’ve had it there. This isn’t one of your greasy spoon, slop it on a plate kind of curry. This is high-end Indian dining in a pretty swanky setting.

Its close proximity to the Houses of Parliament means it’s not unusual to spot a politician or two either. You’ll be too busy savouring your food to care.

4pm – Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery

Now that you’re rested and refreshed, it’s time to take on another one of the city’s iconic landmarks on your London itinerary: Trafalgar Square . 

This large public square sits at the end of Whitehall, the proud home of Nelson’s Column and the National Gallery.

Trafalgar Square is at the heart of the central London community. For me, it’s filled with the memories of Christmases past – bright lights and a dazzling tree, and of so many events it’s hard to keep track.

There’s pretty much always something going on at Trafalgar Square: Ashes victory celebrations, live screenings from the nearby Royal Opera House in Covent Garden , live performances from West End productions – check the calendar to see what’s on.

The National Gallery couldn’t be more of a contrast to the busy square – there’s something so peaceful about leaving the crowds and the noise to step into the home of our national art collection. It’s busy, of course, but in that shuffling and muted manner typical of most galleries.

I’ve always loved the National Gallery, even when I was knee-high and most other galleries bored me to tears. 

Masterpiece after masterpiece, you can walk through the history of art in the course of a few hours. And all for free (good time to note that most of London’s museums and galleries are free – though you need to pay to enter any special exhibitions).

Read More: The Insider’s Guide to Visiting Trafalgar Square

7pm – The London Eye

For full disclosure, I used to work at the London Eye . I gorged myself silly at the age of 17 on all the free rides, my face pressed against the glass while I soaked up the far-reaching views down the river Thames.

It felt like adequate payback for a period in life in which my most used words were “ How many tickets ” and “ Toilets are to the left and down the stairs ”. 

Turns out there really is too much of a good thing though. I’ve never been able to face going on the damned thing again.

Still. Unless you have been on there umpteenth times, I’d be remiss if I didn’t add it to your London 2 day itinerary. 

If you can time your visit for sunset, the sight of dusk falling over the city from up high, bathing the river and the buildings in its rosy hues is something of a heart-warming spectacle.

In addition to the verging on rip-off normal priced tickets, you can also book all kinds of VIP tickets and even hire a private capsule to yourself. If I’m frank, I’d save my money for something better (like cocktails!) – paying nearly £25 ($35) for a 30 minute spin seems steep enough.

Time to hop on the Tube. Walk to Waterloo and take the Bakerloo Line (the brown line) to Oxford Circus station.

8pm – Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square

Controversial opinion alert. Don’t bother going shopping on Oxford Street . If you’ve ever been to a high street I can guarantee you that you’ve seen what it’s got to offer. In fact, I would say don’t bother with Oxford Street at all.

Still, I know that you won’t believe me until you’ve seen it for yourself. Just don’t blame me when you get trampled by a hoard of camera-touting cowboys who flatten you to the pavement without any sign of realising you even exist.

Once you’re done with that funfair/ circus/ inner circle of hell, take yourself down Regent’s Street to another one of London’s big landmarks Piccadilly Circus . Us Londoners have got a little bit of a chip on our shoulder because it’s not quite as cool as Times Square. But you can’t miss it on your London trip, chip or no chip.

Next up is Leicester Square . DON’T eat anything, buy anything or drink anything in Leicester Square – it’s almost certainly going to be shit and overpriced. I’m sorry, but it’s the cold, hard truth. 

I could extend this to saying don’t go to Leicester Square, but that seems churlish. It’s home to a ridiculous number of cinemas, so it’s definitely a winner if you want to go to watch a flick. But we’ve got bigger and better plans so we will wave farewell.

9pm – Cocktails and Dinner at Bob Bob Ricard in Soho

I hope you’ve been saving your pennies because it’s time to splurge them on the most ridiculously good meal you can eat in London. 

Welcome, my friends, to Bob Bob Ricard .

This Russian-European restaurant combines Belle-Epoque style, high-end food (my god, the lobster is so delicious, you’ll dream about it for weeks), great cocktails and some natty dining booths with actual buttons you can press for champagne. It’s exactly what you want and deserve to recuperate after your busy day.

Want to know more? Read my full review of Bob Bob Ricard now .

11pm – Late night cocktails at Disrepute Soho

OK, so I will confess. I love a cocktail. Oh, you do too? I knew we were meant to be friends.

Soho is not short of a cocktail bar or two and most of them are actually pretty good too. But if you only want the best, Disrepute is the place to go.

Book a table and settle in for perfectly-executed, devilishly sippable cocktails. Life is hard. Suck it up. Just not too many cocktails though, you’re only halfway through your London trip and you need your energy for tomorrow… not a stinking hangover.

Read Next: The Best Bars in Soho

Day Two 

9am – the tower of london and tower bridge.

It’s an early start today guys and I’m sorry. Kind of. Turns out the list of things you must see in London in 2 days is pretty long.

I’m a big believer in early starts (blame it on my father who would always get everywhere about five hours early to beat the crowds), so here we are at the Tower of London at 9am, coffee in hand, eyelids propped open.

The Tower of London is intrinsically linked with London’s history. The capital’s castle, many of the country’s high and mighty have been imprisoned within its walls – perhaps most famously Elizabeth I during her half sister Mary I’s reign.

The Tower of London has a pretty gruesome past, as the list of people executed there attests. It’s not all doom and gloom though, it’s also the site of more pleasant relics and traditions, including the Crown Jewels and the strangely attired Beefeaters.

Just a few paces away from The Tower of London, you’ll come to another of London’s icons: Tower Bridge . The neo-Gothic Bridge has been raising its ramparts to allow tall ships to pass since 1894. 

The bridge is also rumoured to be the subject of a rather amusing cock-up: it’s said that an American tycoon Robert McCulloch accidentally purchased the much less impressive London Bridge rather than the intended Tower Bridge and had it shipped all the way to Arizona in the 1960s.

Unfortunately, it looks like this is a vicious rumour and that McCulloch had always intended to buy London Bridge, but it’s a fun story nonetheless.

Entrance to the Tower of London Experience is included in the London Pass.

Read more: Cool but Crazy Facts About London

10am – The Shard

From the old to the new. If you haven’t heard the hype, The Shard is the tallest building in London, so it should come as no surprise that it’s one of the best places to see London in its full glory and must see for London in 2 days. 

The rather unimaginatively named The View From The Shard experience boasts views of up to 40 miles from levels 69 and 72 of the building.

The Shard was relatively controversial when it was built, with many claiming it would ruin London’s skyline. Now that you’ve seen it you can weigh in on the still smouldering debate.

Entrance to The View from the Shard is included in the London Pass

Read More: Cool Things to do in and around London Bridge

11am – Borough Market for Brunch

Borough Market is the city’s best-known food market and handily located just down the road from The Shard.

I sincerely hope that you are hungry: the market’s been feeding the capital in some shape or form since the 12th century and they’re pretty damned good at it now. It’s an unmissable stop, even if you are only whizzing around London in 2 days. 

I’ll let you make your mind up about how you feel about eating the gloriously cheesy concoction that is raclette at 11am in the morning – let’s face it, you only live once and it’s so good that it would be rude not to. Won you over?

Make a beeline for Kappacasein to indulge in a meal so good that you wonder why you don’t eat cheese for breakfast everyday.

PS. We can still be friends if you opt for something else.

Read More: Visiting Borough Market – What You Need to Know Before You Go

12pm – The Tate Modern

The second day of your London itinerary takes you to not one but two museums. The Tate Modern is the first.

As the name suggests, this is Tate’s museum of modern art (there’s also the Tate Britain further down the river with a more traditional offering).

The collection ranges from the thought-provoking to the downright strange – and features artists such as Andy Warhol, Pablo Picasso and Mark Rothko. There’s also an ever-changing roster of temporary exhibitions (you’ll have to pay for these).

Read More: 30 Awesome Museums in London that are Absolutely Free

2pm – St Paul’s Cathedral

Walk across the Millenium Bridge to St Paul’s Cathedral , undoubtedly one of the top things to do in London in 2 days. 

Possibly the most striking building in London, St Paul’s Cathedral has been built and rebuilt five times, most famously after the Great Fire of London that razed much of the city to the ground.

The current cathedral was designed by one of England’s most-lauded architects, Sir Christopher Wren in the 17th and 18th century. Even now its huge dome is an architectural marvel.

Impressive as the building is, it’s even more striking inside and very much worth the entry fee.

Entrance to St Paul’s Cathedral is included in the London Pass

3pm – Natural History Museum/ Science Museum or V&A Museum

Time to hop on the underground again for the next stage of our 2 day London itinerary. Walk to Monument station and take the Circle or District line (yellow or green line) to South Kensington. Our destination? Museum Mile in the Kensington area .

You’ve got a tough decision to make people. 

Which museum? Sorry to make you choose but as you only have two days in London, you can’t see all three.

The Natural History Museum gives you a glimpse into the earth’s history – a story covering dinosaur fossils, human biology, creepy crawlies and human evolution, spread out over 36 galleries.

The Science Museum should start marketing itself as the most fun you can have in London with your clothes on – it’s a bold claim but it can back it up.

Immersive exhibitions, sensory experiences and little-known facts combine to provide a peek into the fascinating world of science.

There’s a reason it was always the school trip we’d get most excited about back in the day, and if I’m honest, I still get the tiniest bit excited about visiting now. 

On the other hand, the V&A was not a museum that kids get excited about (although, if you do have kids – check out this guide to child-friendly activities in London ) . Full-grown adults will appreciate the vast collection in one of the best museums of art and design in the world.

It’s a museum of superlatives: the finest collection of Italian sculptures outside of Italy, the most Indian art you’ll find outside of India and overall an enchantingly haphazard but impressive collection of arts from the Masters, Islamic art, sculptures, fashion and design clustered under its rather large and impressive roof.

Read Next: Unmissable Sights + Places to Visit in Kensington

5pm – Kensington Palace & Kensington Gardens

Our two days in London are almost over, but not quite. 

There’s still just about time to fit in one more royal palace and park – Kensington Palace and Gardens to be precise. Kensington Gardens is often referred to as the other half of Hyde Park but technically it is separate.

Swing by the Albert Memorial , built in memory of Queen Victoria’s much-beloved husband before popping into Kensington Palace, the official residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton.

You’ll need to be quick, Kensington Palace closes at 6pm. Still, there’s just enough time to see the rather ostentatious King’s State Apartments and their modest counterparts the Queen’s State Apartments (it figures). 

Don’t forget to take a peek at the Royal Albert Hall, which is across the road from the park too. 

7pm – The Churchill Arms

You’ve been haring around tackling the best things to do in London in 2 days and you haven’t been in a pub yet? 

This is a serious wrong that needs to be fixed pronto. 

Luckily, one of the capital’s most charming pubs and photo locations , The Churchill Arms is a quick walk away (15 mins).

Bedecked in a bustle of blooming flowers (try saying that in a hurry), the pub serves an excellent range of ales (so Jon tells me, I’ll stick to the wine thanks) and surprisingly good Thai food.

Settle in with a pint or a large glass of vino and give yourself a big pat on the back. 

You’ve conquered two days in London and the best London itinerary like a pro.

Now it’s time for a rest.

Time for One More? The British Museum

Try as I might, I just couldn’t fit a trip to The British Museum into the itinerary.

I’m sorry guys, I’ve failed you. 

On the plus side, if you have a bit more time, you can schedule a visit in. The galleries stretch over several miles, so wear a comfortable pair of walking shoes and don’t forget your map.

London Trip Planner: Practical Tips and Tricks for Your Two Day London Itinerary

Now you know what to see in London in two days, here are a few tips to help you plan your London trip. 

Should I take the Hop On Hop Off Bus in London for this Itinerary?

I don’t think you need to use the hop-on-hop-off for this London itinerary as we’re mostly walking but whizzing around the city on an open-top double decker with Big Bus Tours can be pretty fun. Book tickets in advance.

Grab a Pass From Go City

If you’re visiting London on a time limit, you’ll want to make sure you hit up all the best sights, squeeze in all the top experiences and get the most out of your trip.

The thing is… There’s so much to do in London it can be hard to get it right. 

That’s where Go City come in. They offer London Passes that mean you can bundle 2 – 7 London activities together, and they cover everything from London Zoo to zipping around the city on a guided bus tour.

Best of all, combining all your experiences into one bundle means savings. And not meagre ones either – we’re talking easily over £50. 

Of course, all that extra cash can then be funnelled straight into exploring London’s fantastic restaurants and traditional pubs…

Book Your Go City Explorer Pass Here

London on a Budget: Money Saving Hacks for Your London Trip

• Walk – despite its big reputation, the centre of London is quite small and very walkable. I think there’s no better way to discover a city than on foot, and it will save on London’s relatively expensive public transport costs.
• Buy a London Pass. The London Pass is a pretty expensive outlay: £69 for one day, £94 for two. But it will save you a lot of money if you plan on following this itinerary. Once you pay for the pass, you get free entry to lots of attractions, including the Tower of London, The View from the Shard, St Paul’s Cathedral and Kensington Palace. You can read my guide to the London Pass for more information .
• Visit lots of museums – most of London’s museums and large galleries are free to enter. There are so many to choose from that you could easily spend your two days in London only visiting museums and only scratch the surface. Read my guide to exploring London for free .
• Eat street food or from markets – London has a buzzing street food scene full of delicious treats at a fraction of the cost of a sit-down meal. Borough Market is the city’s best-known – but there’s something to suit every taste. Other street food hotspots include Boxpark in Shoreditch , Maltby Street Market (Saturdays and Sundays), Flat Iron Square , Leather Lane (day times only) and the Southbank Centre.
• Book in advance – lots of attractions, such as the London Eye offer a discount if you book in advance. It’s an easy way to save some money and skip the lines at the same time.
• Don’t bother with the London pass with the transport option added in: you can either buy an Oyster Card or use a contactless card to pay for transport as you go – it’s capped at £12.50/ £10.70 per day depending on whether you travel peak or off-peak times. So cheaper than the £15 the London Pass whacks on for the transport-inclusive option.
• Check listings to see if there are any free events happening in the evenings. This two day London itinerary leaves you free for the late night. There’s always time to see something else, right? 
• Read my London Travel Tips Guide – 40 insanely practical tips for your trip.

London Transport: How to Get Around

London has an extensive transport system that is easy to use. In central London, the system is formed of trains, buses, the London Underground (the tube), river buses and the Docklands Light Railway (DLR). 

I would recommend purchasing an Oyster Card to pay for your journeys. 

You can also use contactless cards, Apple Pay or Google Pay to pay for trips. Just check ahead that you won’t be charged an additional foreign transaction fee by your card issuer or bank as this will add a lot of unnecessary costs to your trip. 

Moving On: Recommended Day Trips from London 

• Oxford. I may be biased as I went to university in Oxford, but Oxford is one of the UK’s most beautiful cities with a long and fascinating history for you to discover. Clusters of golden sandstone buildings, dreaming spires and bucolic riverside walks await. Read my guide to planning a day trip to Oxford or check out this Oxford and Cotswolds tour . 
• Cambridge. The eternal rivalry lives on: Cambridge is quieter than Oxford but no less idyllic. Meander between university buildings that are centuries old whilst soaking up the atmosphere. Go from King’s Cross or hop on an easy day tour .
• Bath . Bath has been a fashionable go-to destination since the 18th century – it even pops up in a few Jane Austen books! Go to see the Roman ruins, spend some time at the spa and live your best Georgian-era life. Combine Bath with a trip to Stonehenge on this day trip.  
• Brighton. A quintessential British seaside destination, Brighton might not have golden sands (full disclosure: it is a pebble beach) but it is a lively, cool city with a vibrant dining and nightlife scene. Read my guide to the best beaches near London.
• The Cotswolds . Chances are that if you conjure up an image of a traditional British village, it will look a lot like the villages dotted around The Cotswolds. I’ll warn you, they are descended on by hordes of tourists during peak season, it’s up to you to decide whether you want to enter the fray. You’ll need a car, or go with an organised tour.

Don’t Forget to Pack

Much as we like to deny it, it really does rain a fair bit in London. You can step out into the pure and brilliant sunshine and then five minutes later you’re soaked to the skin after the heavens have opened. This is a very long-winded way of saying don’t forget your umbrella .

Comfortable Walking Shoes 

You’re going to be doing a lot of walking. In the winter, nothing says London style like a pair of chic ankle boots. In the summer months, I swear by my Birkenstocks – they’re so comfortable you can walk for miles in them and they’re pretty cool at the same time.

London Travel Guide 

Take your pick from the Lonely Planet , Rough Guide or DK Travel Guide . The Rough Guide is my favourite. 

2 Days in London: Where to Stay

Budget – safestay, holland park.

It might not have the most imaginative name, but this hotel-come- hostel in the leafy area of Holland Park offers excellent value and good transportation links to whizz you into the centre, at a fraction of the cost of most other London hotels. Check prices at Safestay now. 

Mid-Range – K-West Hotel & Spa, Shepherd’s Bush

Ultra-modern rooms and a spa to pamper yourself in at the end of a long day. K-West might be an underground ride away from central London but it offers a high-end stay at mid-range prices, a rarity in a city known for its expensive accommodation. Check prices at K-West now.

Read More: K West Review

Luxury – Henrietta Hotel, Covent Garden

I am a sucker for a gorgeously-decorated boutique hotel, so it was inevitable that I’d love the Henrietta. What’s not to love? Its contemporary-luxe decor is eccentric enough to be interesting, comfortable enough to put you at ease. Add to that a central location and you’re onto a winner. Check prices at The Henrietta now.

Want to know more? Read all of my recommendations and reviews of the best hotels in London

Two Days in London – Itinerary Map

Recommended Reading for Planning Your London Itinerary

I’ve written a host of guides about London (check out the full collection here) but I would particularly recommend reading these before your trip. 

• One Day in London : To help you plan an even shorter trip to the city!
• Five Days in London: In case you decide you want to stay longer.
• Where to Stay in London : An area by area guide of the best areas to stay in London and what to do in each one. 
• The London Sightseeing Guide : a guide to London’s top sights and attractions. Obviously this itinerary is a gentle guide –  see if there’s anything you’d like to swap in or out for your two days in London. 
• London Tourist Map : All of London’s top sights on one handy interactive map. Complete with a printable version.
• Is the London Pass Worth It ? Work out if the London Pass is right for you or whether you should skip. 
• Offbeat Things to do in London : Away from the big sights, these are the cool, quirky and sometimes weird things that London has to offer. 
• Tipping in London : Navigate the murky waters of tipping in the big smoke.
• Day Trips from London : Cool British destinations in easy day trip distance from London. 
• Harry Potter in London : Hunting out Harry Potter filming locations and hotspots. 
• London for Free : 30 brilliant things to do in London that are completely free.
• London at Night : How to see the best of the capital after dark. 
• London’s Best Secret Bars and Speakeasies : For illicit cocktails and cheeky drinks. 
• Solo London : The best things to do in London when you’re flyin’ solo. 

Love this? Save and Share on Pinterest!

Sapal Pastakia

Wednesday 6th of May 2020

The best tour plan of London. Thoroughly enjoyed.

Julianna Barnaby

Tuesday 12th of May 2020

Thank you Sapal - really glad to hear.

Wednesday 26th of February 2020

Thank you so much for putting this outstanding itinerary together. I'll have 2 full days in London on May before leaving on a cruise, and this is exactly what I was looking for. I'm staying in Holborn and from the looks of it, I'll be right in the middle of all of your Google pins! :)

Thursday 27th of February 2020

Hey Mike - Thanks for dropping a comment and your lovely words. It's really appreciated. Holborn is indeed a brilliant location for your stay - have a wonderful trip!

Saturday 25th of January 2020

Thank you for your two days of adventures in London! I’ve visited twice before, but has been a long time passed. Bringing three first time visitors in Sept 2020. This will be a grand plan for us. Wondering about cheapest transportation for 4 and best location to stay to work in the most of this tour. Will cut out museums. Want to tour Buckingham Palace & Tower of London for sure. I will review the additional guides you listed above too. Want to stay in safe area for 4 female tourists. Glad I’m planning early. Thanks for your help! K

Tuesday 28th of January 2020

I'm glad you're planning ahead for your time in London - sounds like it's an exciting trip. Transport-wise, I'd always recommend taking public transport as much as possible. Get an oyster card (or you can use your contactless card - just check your card provider's foreign transaction fees) and then you can top it up and pay for what you use (up to a capped amount). It's hard to say where to stay without having an idea of your budget - places like Soho and Covent Garden are well-located but generally expensive, while areas like Shoreditch and other parts of East London are cheaper but a bit further out. You'll probably find the where to stay in London guide useful as it will give you an idea of what's in each area and pros and cons. https://www.thediscoveriesof.com/best-hotels-in-london/ All the best, Julianna

Saturday 26th of October 2019

We are coming to London with a 20 month old on Dec 1 for 2 days. Any modifications you recommend for the winter/Christmas season? Also, how do you feel about Hamley's (to me it seems like a must-do with an infant). Thoughts? Thank you in advance.

Hey Jason - I've got a piece on cool things to do in London at Christmas here, which you'll probably find helpful. Hamley's is a great stop during the Christmas period, so would totally recommend including it, and also visiting the Christmas lights (the ones on Regent Street have been better than those on Oxford Street in recent years but they're right next to each other so you can easily see both - swing by Carnaby Street for more cool lights in that area too). Have a great time!

This is great!We are going to try your itinerary out next May (2020)! Any modifications you'd suggest if traveling with a 16-year old? It is our first trip to London. Thanks!

Hi Robin, glad to hear you're excited about your London trip. I think that itinerary is fine for a 16 year old overall - you probably want to cut out the cocktails - maybe replace the evening in Soho with dinner and a trip to a West End show but I think you'll all have a great time :)

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

• Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
• Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
• Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

The Best Time to Visit London

Weather & Climate

London's Airports

Neighborhoods to Know

Driving in London

Public Transport in London

London's Top Attractions

Free Things to Do

Things to Do With Kids

London's Best Parks

Museums in London

Theater in London

Live Music in London

Shopping in London

One Week in London: Itinerary

Day Trips From London

Beaches Near London

The Best Fish & Chips in London

London's Top Restaurants

Eating With Kids in London

London's Best Bars

Craft Beer in London

Your Trip to London: The Complete Guide

Buree Lalitathada / EyeEm/Getty Images

London is a popular travel destination thanks to its culture, lively food scene, and royal ties. The British city attracts millions of visitors every year (more than 40.9 million in 2019! ), including many Americans, who find London easy to navigate (especially since the main language is English). Whether you're planning an extensive trip to explore London or including it as a stop on an itinerary of other European cities, there are a few things to keep in mind when planning. Consider what you want to see and do, and plan accordingly. And don't forget the umbrella.

Planning Your Trip

Best Time to Visit: London welcomes travelers all year, but the best times to visit can be spring and late fall thanks to the mild weather . Summer can be especially crowded, so you may find fewer lines and throngs of tourists during more off-peak times. The winter holidays can also be a great time to visit London, which gets very festive and well-decorated in December.

Language: English is the primary language spoken in London and the U.K., however Londoners come from all over the world, so it's not surprising to hear multiple other languages spoken around the city.

Currency: The currency in the U.K. is the pound sterling   , also known as GBP or just "the pound."

Getting Around: Transport for London has a vast network of public transportation options, including the Tube, buses, trains, and boats. It's recommended to avoid driving into the city center and use public transportation, or opt for a taxi or Uber. Black cabs are the official taxis in London and easy to hail anywhere around town.

Travel Tip: London is a very walkable city and one of the best ways to see different areas is to go by foot. Plan your days by neighborhood or general area, and stroll from attraction to attraction to make the most of your experience. For example, see Kensington Palace, Hyde Park and Notting Hill in the same day, or hit up the Tower of London, St. Paul's Cathedral and the Tate Modern in one swing.

Things to Do

There's a lot to see and do in London, from historical sites like Buckingham Palace to cultural institutions like the National Portrait Gallery. A trip to London typically consists of a mixture of iconic attractions, including Big Ben and the London Eye, and neighborhood exploration in areas like Notting Hill. Consider purchasing a London Pass to make the most of popular attractions. Don't miss theater in the West End, shopping around Covent Garden and snacking in London's many outdoor markets, including Borough Market and Broadway Market.

• Kensington Palace and Kensington Gardens
• The Tate Modern
• Westminister Abbey

Explore more attractions with our full-length articles on what to see if you only have a few hours , what to do in the West End and things to do when it rains .

What to Eat and Drink

London's food scene is an eclectic mix of British and international eateries, with cuisine from all over the world available in the city's diverse neighborhoods. A classic experience is to dine (and grab a pint) in a local pub, which can be a great way to try British dishes like fish and chips and bangers and mash. London's ever-growing food scene isn't limited to just those well-known dishes, though: Look for hip spots like The Barbary, Barrafina and Caravan to experience a vibrant melange of internationally-inspired dishes.

London is also well-known for its impressive cocktail bars, many of which are nearly a century old. Don't miss a martini in The American Bar or Dukes, and consider exploring newer cocktail spots like Satan's Whiskers in Bethnal Green. Of course, you'll also want to book an afternoon tea somewhere classy. Look for high-end spots like Fortnum and Mason, The Savoy Hotel and The Ritz to make the most of your experience.

Explore our articles on the best restaurants with views , the best spots for afternoon tea and the best places for brunch .

Where to Stay

London is a large city, with many different areas, but most visitors find that it's convenient to stay centrally. Central neighborhoods like Covent Garden, Mayfair, Marylebone, Victoria and Kensington provide easy access to many popular attractions, as well as nearby restaurants and nightlife. Staying in adjacent areas like Fitzrovia, Pimlico, St. John's Wood and Southbank can be a good way to avoid crowds but keep the journey to the tourist spots quick and hassle-free. While many visitors elect to stay in a hotel, there are also many options for Airbnb and other vacation rental services. Those who want to splurge should look into iconic hotels like The Connaught, The Ritz and the Mandarin Oriental, which overlooks Hyde Park.

Explore our articles on the best budget hotels , the quirkiest places to stay and London's diverse neighborhoods .

Getting There

Most travelers arrive in London by plane, flying in to nearby airports like Heathrow, Gatwick, Luton and City. Visitors coming from Europe can also arrive via the Eurostar, which comes into to St. Pancras Station, or via ferry. Trains link London with the rest of England, as well as Scotland and Wales, and cruise ships typically port in the nearby city of Southampton. Most travelers don't rent a car when visiting London, but a car can be handy if you plan to explore other areas of the U.K.

• Heathrow International Airport: Heathrow, located west of London, is the primary airport used by international travelers. It can be accessed by Tube, train, bus or taxi, and it's recommended to look into public transportation when arriving during rush hour. The Heathrow Express gets passengers from the airport in to Paddington Station in only 15 minutes (and is significantly cheaper when booked more than 30 days in advance online).
• Gatwick Airport: Gatwick, also known as London Gatwick, is located to the south of central London and can boast cheaper flights than Heathrow. It's also a hub for EasyJet, a budget airline. The airport is best accessed via the Gatwick Express from Victoria Station or a train from London Bridge Station.
• London Luton Airport: Luton can be found to the north of London and is frequently used for flights to the rest of Europe. Look for the Thames Link train or bus services to access the airport since a taxi can be quite expensive.
• London Stansted Airport: Stansted, also to the north of the city, is an international airport, but typically used for shorter flights rather than big international arrivals. Trains and buses are the best way to get to and from Stansted, which can be an inconvenient and disorganized airport experience.
• London City Airport: Located on the Royal Docks, London City is popular with short haul flights to Europe, but also services the U.S. via New York City. The airport is fairly central, so taxis or public transportation are both good options.

Explore our articles on how to get to Heathrow and how to get to Luton , as well as our guide to London's airports .

Culture and Customs

While London can feel similar to the U.S., there are a few differences, particularly when it comes to tipping. All restaurants and bars will include a service charge (usually 12.5 percent) on the bill, so there's not need to leave extra cash. If you do, 10 to 15 percent is customary   . Tip taxi drivers a few pounds if you appreciate their service, but unlike in the U.S. employees in the U.K. don't expect large tips.

One other important thing to be aware of is that British culture is fairly reserved. When using public transportation, especially the bus or the Tube, keep your voice low and be polite. Londoners also appreciate a good queue, so never skip the line or push your way to the front.

Money Saving Tips

• Take advantage of free museums. Many of London's museums are free to enter, including the British Museum, the Tate Modern and the Tate Britain. This can be a great way to see iconic spots without spending any of your travel budget.
• Get a free view. While high-up attractions like the London Eye and the Shard's viewing gallery can be pricy, the Tate Modern's 10th floor viewing deck is free, as is Sky Garden , which allows visitors to book a complimentary ticket in advance online.
• Picnic in one of the parks . On a sunny day, Londoners love a good park outing. Head to Marks & Spencer or Pret to stock up on sandwiches and drinks, and find a spot in one of London's many parks. Some of the parks, including London Fields, even allow portable BBQs.
• Purchase a London Pass. The London Pass includes entry to over 80 attractions, so can help save money if you plan to do a lot of sight-seeing. It also allows for fast-track entry at several of the attractions, which can be great when visiting during a busy time of year.

For more tips, explore our articles on the best free things to do in London , how to travel around London with your kids for free and the best free museums .

Visit Britain. "Inbound Tourism Performance: 2019 Snapshot."

Visit London Official Visitor Guide. "British Money."

Visit London Official Visitor Guide. "Tipping in London."

How to Enjoy a Quick Layover in London on a Budget

Your Trip to Edinburgh: The Complete Guide

What to Do and See During One Week in London

Your Trip to Birmingham, England: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to England: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to Frankfurt: The Complete Guide

Washington, D.C. Guide: Planning Your Trip

Travel Tips for Visiting London on a Budget

19 Things to See If You Only Have a Few Hours in London

Best London Budget Hotels

9 Top Things to Do in London for Easter

Your Trip to St. Lucia: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to Hong Kong: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to the Bahamas: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to the Czech Republic: The Complete Guide

Toronto Guide: Planning Your Trip

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

One Day in London – What to Do in London in A Day

Last updated: April 20, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 72 Comments

Planning on spending just one day in London? Sure, it’s not very long, but you’ll be able to see a lot of London’s highlights even in such a short space of time.

In this post, we’re going to help you plan your perfect day in London. We’re going to take a look at some of our favourite sights in London, capital of the UK and a spot I was thrilled to call home for a couple of years before I set off on my travels.

This guide to what to do in London in a day makes for the perfect day exploring London. It would make for a great way to start a longer trip around the UK , or to see some of London’s top sights if you have a few hours stopover in one of London’s airports .

This itinerary would also help someone planning a general European adventure – take a look at our 2 week Europe itinerary for a suggestion of how to plan something like that.

This post is set up to help you see all of these key London sights in one day and I’ve ordered them in the way that I’d recommend you go about doing that.

1 Day London Itinerary Overview

Here’s a quick overview of what this plan has you doing, for quick reference

• The Tower of London & Tower Bridge
• The South Bank and London Eye, Shard or St. Paul’s Cathedral
• The Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey
• Buckingham Palace
• Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and the West End
• Traditional London Pub

Now, let’s see how that looks in our detailed guide to what to do in London for a day.

One Day In London: What to Do in London for A Day

Below is a detailed guide to what to do in London if you only have a day, in the order that makes the most sense in terms of getting around and minimizing transport.

Ideally, you’ll start the day at opening time of the first attraction (between 9am and 10am, depending on the day of the week), and keep going until you’ve seen everything!

1. The Tower of London

History! If you like the TV show Game of Thrones (and who doesn’t?), then you’ll love the Tower of London . This place was home to so much plotting, scheming, death and betrayals that it almost makes George’s epic tale of Westeros seem pale in comparison.

Queens, princes and archbishops died here, and history was literally made on the grass underfoot.

Admittedly, there are less dragons in London.

Expect to spend a least two hours here, exploring all there is to see, from the tower, to the execution block, to the crown jewels themselves. You can see full ticket pricing information here . It’s free for holders of the  London Pass .

Otherwise, you will want to buy tickets in advance of your visit to ensure you are able to visit. You can do so via GetYourGuide here , who we normally use for ticketing at attractions around the world. You can also check prices on the official website here , where you can also see opening times. Note that tickets bought via GetYourGuide normally include free cancellation up to 24 hours in advance of your visit (although do check the ticket description prior to purchase to be sure).

While you’re at the Tower of London, you might as well take the opportunity to pop across the Thames on Tower Bridge, easily the most famous of London’s bridges, and for good reason!

You can also actually go inside this bridge and learn all about how it works by visiting the Tower Bridge Exhibition, which is often a place we love to take friends and family when we show them around the city as it’s quite a unique experience.

2. The South Bank and London Eye

Once you’ve crossed over Tower Bridge, you’ll find yourself on the South Bank, cunningly named because it’s on the south bank of the river Thames.

As you walk west along this lovely bit of pedestrianized riverway you’ll find yourself passing such sights as HMS Belfast (one of our favourite military museums in London ) and London’s City Hall.

You’ll also be walking past the recreation of Shakespeare’s famous Globe theatre, the Shard (Western Europe’s tallest building), the Millennium Bridge which leads to St. Paul’s cathedral and the quite magnificent Tate Modern Art Gallery, all of which are likely to tempt you in. Go on, I won’t tell anyone.

Once you’ve made it past all these attractions, and maybe grabbed a bite to eat at Borough Market just behind London Bridge, you’ll find yourself coming around the corner, with the Houses of Parliament swinging into view and the giant Ferris wheel known as the London Eye looming large.

If you want a spectacular view of London, take a spin in the wheel, and marvel as the city unfurls beneath you.

For tickets, it’s cheaper to book in advance than in person. You can book tickets and check prices on the official site here . It’s also included on the London Pass, which you can buy here .

We also have a complete guide to the London Eye here with lots more information to help you plan a visit.

Another option is to visit the Shard, which also offers spectacular views from a higher vantage point. The Shard has better views of Tower Bridge and the Tower of London, whilst the London Eye gets you close to the Houses of Parliament.

You can book tickets for the Shard in advance on Tiqets here (book online in advance for the best prices). It’s also included on the London Pass.

If you’d prefer not to walk from Tower Bridge to the Houses of Parliament, you can also take a river “bus” from either Tower Pier or London Bridge City Pier all the way down the river to Westminster Pier.

It’s a nice way to see London from the water, and prices for the river bus are pretty good value. See our guide to getting around London for tips on the different public transport options in the city.

3. The Houses of Parliament

After your London Eye ride, walk or boat ride (whichever you opt for!), you’ll want to pop across the river to take in the Houses of Parliament, home to the English lawmakers and the bell known as Big Ben.

This is one attraction that is easy to see from the outside, but not many people know that you can also drop inside if you want to, and go on a guided tour.

Tours aren’t quite “turn up and go in”, as they only run-on certain days, but with a bit of research and forward planning (and by visiting this site ), you should be able to visit the English home of power and authority without too much trouble. You can also book a guided tour of both Westminster Abbey and the Houses of Parliament here .

If it is too much trouble though, fear not. The building is very impressive from the outside, and you can sate your thirst for history quite easily by popping to Westminster Abbey, which happens to be just behind the Houses of Parliament.

Westminster Abbey has played host to some of the most important historical events of the last thousand years in the UK, hosting 16 royal weddings, around 50 coronations and a host of memorial services, including that of Diana, Princess of Wales.

It is also home to some of Britain’s most famous dead, including Charles Darwin, Isaac Newton, notable royals, and many more. Very much worth a visit and free for holders of the London Pass. Full details on pricing and opening hours here . You can also book your tickets online in advance here .

4. Buckingham Palace

Ah, the Queen. Depending on you who you talk to in the UK, she’s either a lovely old dear who the country needs, or a tragic waste of taxpayers’ money.

Whichever, she does happen to have a number of rather lovely houses to live in, the most famous of which is of course Buckingham Palace. Here you can peer through the railings to watch the changing of the guard and wonder as to how the other half live, and wave frantically at the windows on the off-chance that someone waves back.

On our itinerary, you’ll likely miss the Changing of the Guard (see when that happens here ), so you would need to move things around if that happens to be a priority for your visit. Missing it isn’t the end of the world though, as it gets really crowded at that time of day.

You can also visit and actually go inside Buckingham Palace in very narrow windows of opening during the summer, with full details of pricing and opening hours available on this website.

Of course, whilst you’re at Buckingham Palace, you should probably take a moment to explore some of the other local attractions.

A quick stroll down the Mall will take you past the pretty St James’s Park, home to a number of pelicans. Then you can head out onto Trafalgar Square, where you can enjoy seeing the lions, Nelson’s famous column and sate your art appetite at the excellent, and free, National Gallery .

Note if art and museums is more your thing, you might want to schedule a visit to the British Museum in this itinerary. From Trafalgar Square it’s a 20 minute walk or a 12 minute tube ride to one of London’s most famous (and free) museums.

5. Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and the West End

From Buckingham Palace you could either stroll up the Mall, or head back towards Westminster Abbey, and go up Whitehall. I’d advise the latter, and not least because one of the Harry Potter London locations is nearby .

Going up Whitehall takes you through the heart of government in Britain, and you’ll pass right by 10 Downing Street. Don’t be upset if you miss it though, you can’t actually see the famous door from the street.

As you walk along Whitehall you’ll find yourself passing the Cenotaph, one of Britain’s most well-known war memorials . You’ll also pass the Horse Guards, where you can get photos of the, well, Horse Guards atop their horses, before finally arriving at Trafalgar Square.

This is home to Nelson’s Monument and the National Gallery, and a photo with one of the lions is pretty much mandatory. From here, you’re an easy walk to the West End, home to the famous covered market of Covent Garden and a number of London’s most well-known theatres.

If you have time, you might now consider visiting the excellent Transport Museum in Covent Garden, where you can learn all about the history of London’s transport system. Alternatively, you can just take in a free show from one of the street entertainers here.

This is also where you’ll find Leicester Square, which is famous as where major films are first shown in the UK.

Here you might want to take in a show to round off your day in London – we can recommend the Mousetrap , the world’s longest running stage show in the world!

6. Visit a Decent London Pub

It’s not all hard work and sightseeing, you know. When you’re in London, you really should take the time to experience a truly British experience – a pub.

Enjoy a pint of something exotically named hand-pulled from a wooden handle, and marvel as to how the decor is likely not to have changed for a good couple of hundred years.

If you’re hungry, try out an English classic like fish and chips or steak and ale pie, and rejoice at how much of London you were able to see in one day.

If you’ve gotten to this point and think the idea of focusing on the pubs of London is more your scene, check out this walking tour which does just that.

Map of 1 Day London Itinerary

To help you visualise the above we’ve put it into a map, which you can also see on Google Maps here .

Getting Around and Saving Money in London

For the day in London as described above, getting around by foot is entirely feasible – contrary to public opinion, central London is perfectly walkable. If you’re not so into walking though, then London is very well served by public transport.

The cheapest way to use that is with an Oyster card, a pre-pay system which works out much cheaper than paying for tickets, and available at nearly every transport hub. You can also use a contactless credit card or a device which supports contactless payments.

We have a detailed guide to using the London transport network here which covers all your options.

In terms of visiting attractions, a number of London sights are free, including some of the top museums like the Tate Modern.

However, places like the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, London Eye, and St. Pauls Cathedral aren’t free, and if you think you’re going to be visiting a few sights, then you have a couple of options for saving money.

First is the  London Pass , a sight-seeing pass that gives you access to over 80 top attractions across the city.

From those listed on this page, the London Pass includes the Tower of London, Tower Bridge Exhibition, View from the Shard, London Eye, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral and the Transport Museum.

If you plan on visiting all those attractions (we’d suggest either the London Eye or the Shard rather than both though), the entry fees as of April 2024 would be around £153 per person (assuming you pick either the Shard or the London Eye, it would be even more if you visited both!).

A 1 day London Pass currently costs £114, so that would save you around £39 per person. It also saves you the hassle of having to book separate tickets for each attraction or joining long ticket lines on site.

Check our full review and guide to the London Pass to see if it’s for you.

The second option we recommend is the GoCity London Explorer Pass . This lets you pick and choose from a set of attractions. You can choose to go to 2, 3, 5 or 7 attractions from the selection of over 60 attractions.

We think that both of these passes can save you money in London, the difference is largely down to which attractions you want to see, and how many attractions you want to see.

Get your London Pass online from the official site here .

What about a walking tour of London?

If you’d prefer to have a guide for all or part of your day in London, who can share with you some of the history of this city as well as more local knowledge and insights, then we can recommend this London in a Day tour .

This tour covers nearly everything we have in our one-day London itinerary, including the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the Changing of the Guard, and Westminster Abbey.

It’s a full day tour, but we think is one of the better options if you would prefer an escorted experience and the input of a guide.

We’ve used the tour company “ Take Walks ” for walking tours around the world, and have always had a positive experience, and are happy to recommend this tour . They also have a number of other tours in London that are worth checking out.

Another option we suggest are  these tours by City Wonders , they offer a wide range of tours in London, from introductory tours through to more detailed and specific tours.

They also offer attraction entry to most of the attractions in this list if you want to book items individually. Definitely a good one-stop shop for your London trip planning.

Harry Potter fans will want to check out this guided tour of Harry Potter filming locations in London .

We have a full guide to some of the best walking tours in London , which is also worth reviewing if you are interested in a walking tour while you are in the city.

Where to Go After Your Day in London – Day Trips & More

We’re often asked where to head to from London after this itinerary is over, or just for suggestions on good day trips from London.

We’ve done quite a  few day trips from London, including a day trip to Oxford and a day trip to Stonehenge from London , and we wanted to share some ideas, for both day trips from the city and longer trips to see more of the country.

• Stonehenge, Bath and the Cotswolds are really popular destinations, and you can easily do these together as part of a day trip from London. This tour features all of those destinations, as well as Windsor Castle. It even includes lunch!
• Lovers of Downton Abbey will want to visit Highclere Castle where the show was filmed. See our guide to visiting Highclere Castle , which includes tips for visiting as a day trip from London, then check out this tour .
• A tour of Oxford, the Cotswolds and Stratford . Three popular destinations from London that you can visit as part of a day trip. Also see my guide to visiting Oxford from London for more ideas.
• A private tour down to Portsmouth . This is a good tour for those of you with an interest in naval history and/or visiting a lovely English seaside city. Also see our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more ideas.
• For a longer trip, check out my 10 day UK itinerary by public transport , which starts with a couple of days in London, but then has you touring some highlights of the rest of the country. We also have 1 week and 2 week self drive itineraries .
• Visiting Paris as a day trip from London is a popular option as well, and with the Eurostar train direct from central London to Paris in around 2 hours, this can even be done as a day trip. You can either do this yourself, booking train tickets here , or you can take a day tour like  this one . See our guide to spending a day in Paris for sightseeing tips.
• If you want to take a longer guided tour from London and see more of the UK, we recommend  this small group tour , which takes eight days to take you from London to Edinburgh.

Hopefully these give you a starting point for the next stage in your trip!

Where to Stay in London

If you’re planning on spending the night in London, you have no shortage of accommodation options, from hostels to luxury five star properties.

For this itinerary, we’d suggest placing yourself fairly centrally if you can, to minimise travel time. For a short stay like this, we’d definitely recommend using booking.com to book your property – whilst we love apartment rentals, we think they are less sensible for a whistle stop visit.

For examples of properties at different price points that are centrally located, here are some options:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – excellent value in a lively and popular part of London with great dining options
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• The Resident Victoria Hotel – a well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money
• The Savoy – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

Generally when searching for somewhere to stay our first choice is booking.com. They’re easy to use, usually have the best prices, and have everything from hotels to hostels , guest-houses and even apartments . Try them for London and see!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend either Plum Guide or Vrbo .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices, but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points. We’ve stayed at a number of their properties around the world, and you can see our  review of the Plum Guide here . See their listings for London here .

If you can’t find what you want from the above choices, or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB which you should check out!

Between these options, you should find the best prices and places to stay for your trip, as well as a good selection of reviews and feedback to help you make an informed decision.

We also have a complete guide to where to stay in London . That has over 60 recommendations for where to stay across a number of areas in London for all budgets. It also has tips on which neighbourhoods to stay in and things to know before booking a property. Well worth a read.

Practicalities for Visiting London

Electricity in London is of the 220v standard, with a three pin plug that isn’t found in too many other countries. Travellers from most of the rest of the world, including mainland Europe and the US will need an adapter like this .

In addition, US travellers will need to check their equipment supports the 220v standard – it will be written clearly on the power adapter.

As a general rule, we have found that laptops, phone and camera chargers and other small electronics are universal, whilst larger devices like hair dryers and hair straighteners are not.

See more on travel adapters and how to choose one for your trip in our guide to the best travel adapters .

London uses the British pound, which is accepted across the British Isles. You can get Pounds from ATM’s, banks and currency exchanges, although credit cards are widely accepted, and there is no need to carry large quantities of currency.

If you do use a credit or debit card, just make sure it doesn’t charge foreign exchange fees or have a poor currency conversion rate. There are a number of excellent credit cards for travellers, and it’s always worth checking to be sure you have a good deal before travelling and racking up unexpected fees.

Internet Access

Internet access is widely available in the form of WiFi all around the city, including in hotels and coffee shops, so you shouldn’t have any trouble getting online. You can also pick up local SIM cards if you have an unlocked phone. These are usually excellent value as data rates in the UK are very competitive.

For more options on getting online when travelling, check out our guide to getting online when travelling to help you figure out the best options. We also have a guide to picking the best travel router , which can help you extend a weak WiFi network and share it across multiple devices.

Water 

The water in the taps in London is safe to drink unless otherwise indicated. If you don’t like the taste, bottled water is widely available. We usually recommend you travel with a re-usable water bottle like this to save on having to buy water bottles.

London is a safe city in our experience, although as with any major city, of course you need to keep your wits about you – keep your possessions in view all the time, keep your wallet or phone in a front pocket (with a zip if possible), and don’t do anything that you wouldn’t do at home. If you’re going to use a taxi, make sure you use a licensed operator such as a black cab.

Further Reading on Visiting London

We have plenty of further reading to help you plan your trip to London, both content we’ve created based on our experiences, and third party content we think you’ll find useful in planning what to do in London, as well as the wider UK.

• The official TfL website , which will give you information on tickets, routes and any updates to services in the forms of delays or cancellations
• Jess’s detailed guide to the London pass , which will help you decide if this is a good way for you to save money on your London sight-seeing.
• Spending more time in London? Check out our itinerary for spending two days in London , as well as our detailed itineraries for 3 days in London and 6 days in London .
• We have a complete guide to where to stay in London , with over 60 recommendations across all the main areas in London we recommend.
• We have detailed guides to visiting the Tower of London and the London Eye which includes information on planning your visit and how to save money on these popular attractions
• A guide to public transport options in London , as well as the best ways to pay for public transport in London
• Harry Potter fans will want to check out our guide to the key Harry Potter filming locations in London
• Jess’s guide to a 1-day walking tour of the highlights of London .
• A detailed London packing list to help you pack
• A guide to getting into central London from all London’s airports
• How about heading to Paris from London? We have a detailed guide to the best way to get from London to Paris to help you plan
• The Eyewitness Travel Guide to London , which has all sorts of information within, including more itineraries and ideas for your trip
• Rick Steve’s London guide, the #1 bestseller on Amazon for UK travel guides, and always an excellent source of relevant information

And that sums up our idea of the perfect one day in London! Have you visited London? What would your perfect day look like. Let us know in the comments below!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 72 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Leeroy Jenkins says

22nd August 2023 at 8:11 am

This is the best guide I’ve found in looking for how to hoof it around London in a day. Exactly the itinerary I was looking for and practical guidance and helpful tips. Thank you, we are there tomorrow!

Laurence Norah says

22nd August 2023 at 8:52 am

Thanks very much Leeroy! Have a great time and remember, stick with your team and watch out for dragons 😉

Ajitabh Gupta says

1st January 2023 at 10:26 pm

Hi there , this is a fantastic itinerary. Thanks for putting this together . We have a 12 hour layover at Heathrow and we are planning to book a private car for the entire duration. We land at 9 am on Sunday with return flight at 8:55 pm same Day. Will you suggest any changes to the itinerary since we will have a private taxi for the entire duration, if so , what ? Thanks in advance

3rd January 2023 at 4:39 pm

Hi Ajitabh,

It’s my pleasure! So I think you should have plenty of time with a vehicle. Traffic into and around London can be a bit slow, I’d estimate you’re looking at around an hour each way from Heathrow conservatively. But this should give you time to see the highlights as described. The only recommendation I might have it to do the itinerary in reverse. Depending on the day and how long it takes you to clear customs, you might make it to Buckingham Palace in time to see the Changing of the Guard in the morning. Then you can work your way through the sights in reverse and finish at the Tower of London. I believe it is still recommended to book timed entry for the Tower of London, so if you do that for the afternoon you don’t need to worry about getting there by a certain time in the morning, which could be stressful. I’d also recommend booking a timeslot for the London Eye / Shard if you plan on visiting one of those.

Other than that though, have a great trip!

Kelly Powell-Smith says

15th August 2022 at 6:27 pm

These are great tips! Thank you for posting them. My daughter and I will have a full day in London (plus the afternoon we arrive) and are looking at this one day itinerary and it seems perfect. High on our list of things to do are Tower of London, London Eye, and Westminster Abbey. I think we will start at the Tower of London when it opens at 9 am. Estimating about 2 hours there as you suggest. If we take the walking route shown, about how long might it be before we arrive at the London Eye? Trying to buy tickets in advance so trying to guess arrival time. Same for the Abbey. Thinking we’d do the latest afternoon tour and then stay for Evensong since there will be one of those services on that day. Thank you for any tips you can share.

16th August 2022 at 9:13 am

Thanks very much! So if you take the route I suggest, which crosses Tower Bridge and follows the South Bank, it’s about a 55 minute walk. However, you are going to see quite a few things along the way, including Tower Bridge from various angles, Shakespeare’s Globe, the Tate Modern and the Golden Hind ship. These will probably all have you stopping and taking photos, so I’d suggest planning for a 1.5 hour trip just to be on the safe side.

Then from the Eye to Westminster Abbey is a 15 minute walk, but again, you’ll be going past the Houses of Parliament, so I’d recommend planning for 30 minutes.

I hope this helps! Have a great trip and let me know if you have any more questions, I’m happy to help 🙂

27th September 2021 at 4:50 pm

Wow, you’re quick! Thank you Laurence, I appreciate your help.

We (my mom and me) fly to London Stansted around midnight and from there have a transfer to Victoria. We’re not staying at any hotel, but have an evening flight back, so have to transfer back to the airport from Victoria around 4pm, so basically we have 15 hours or so to spare. Unfortunately most of it is at night 🙁 We have only our backpacks, no other baggage, so that’s good. I’m so afraid we’re not going to see much and walk in circles or be late for the transfer back to the airport.

I thought we could first go from Victoria to walk around Soho and China town, then maybe to St Paul’s Cathedral and through Tower Bridge toward Tate Modern – but it opens at 10, so we have several hours to get there… After that I was thinking London Eye & Big Ben and, since it would be after 10am – The National Gallery, Buckingham Palace and back to Victoria.

What do you think?

27th September 2021 at 6:39 pm

It’s my pleasure 🙂

Ok, so that sounds pretty full on! Unfortunately, yes, London is going to be mostly closed. Obviously late night bars and clubs will be open, but other than that the sights will be closed. SoHo will be pretty lively I expect as there are a lot of bars and things there. Overall your plan sounds pretty good, as long as you don’t mind spending a fair amount of time with not too much open. You will at least see a side of London that is less seen, especially in the early hours of the morning! Should be an experience 😀

Let me know if I can help any more! I think you’ll have more than enough time to do everything you want 🙂

27th September 2021 at 11:45 am

Hi! How are you?

What free attractions do you recommend? And what could I see at night? I’m arriving at Victoria Coach Station at midnight and go back home from the same station around 4PM, so I have some time to sightsee but I don’t really know how to schedule all that 🙁 I would really appreciate your help!

Thank you so so much in advance

27th September 2021 at 12:59 pm

Good to hear from you! So I’m not sure from your message if you are planning to sleep somewhere or just sightsee. At midnight pretty much all the attractions will be closed in London until the following morning, although you can of course see the outside of all the sights. So I’d probably suggest sleeping until the morning and then getting up quite early and sightseeing. I’d suggest staying near the coach station so you can get to and from your accommodation, and ensure to pick somewhere that lets you store any bags you have as well as one which has late check in.

From the Victoria Coach station area you could easily follow our route in reverse if you just wanted to see sights from the outside. So that could include Buckingham Palace, the Houses of Parliament, Covent Garden, London Eye, South Bank, Shakespeare’s Globe, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge and Tower of London.

In terms of free attractions, it depends on your interests. I like the science museum, V&A museum and Natural History Museum, which are all close to each other in Kensington. The Tate Modern is good if you like modern art, and the Museum of London is awesome to learn about the history of the city.

I hope this helps a bit, let me know if I can provide any more input! Have a great trip!

David Bunting says

22nd September 2021 at 11:12 pm

Hi me and my wife are coming down to London in October we are trying to plan a good tour to see the sights I’ve just seen your walking tour in one day and it’s just what we are looking for we are staying in kings cross and would get the tube to the start point and walk it to finish up in convent garden area we are not planning on spending much but may do London eye or shard we may do a river cruise but we like to walk and take in the sights how far from start to finish is your walk if we start between 10 and 11 taking it steady calling for a couple of drinks and maybe the attractions I’ve mentioned would we be round for mid afternoon maybe or would it take longer we may not use the attractions we may just take the sights on foot we enjoy just walking your walk plan I think is ideal for us I think we will see all we want in the walk I hope you can help me it will be much appreciated. Cheers. David

23rd September 2021 at 9:50 am

So the total walking time you are looking at on this route is about 2 hours. I’d also recommend when you get to the Tate Modern, to cross over the millenium bridge and take a look at St. Pauls Cathedral. It only adds five minutes walk to the trip but is well worth the detour.

Obviously, depending on how long you stop to look at attractions / have a drink or two, the journey will take longer, but I’d say if you started around 10am you’d definitely be able to do this by mid-afternoon.

Have a great time in London, let me know if you have any more questions!

Deana Rasberry says

7th January 2020 at 4:09 am

I have been reading all your lovely suggestions and that is great information to have. I am planning a first time trip to London in May and arriving at 0900 in Heathrow and staying at Accor hotel right near that airport. My question is I have the full day from arriving to 7:30 where I booked tickets to see WICKED at Apollo Victoria Theatre, but in terms of sites to see in which order would you recommend with that event in mind? The morning after I fly ( on 16th) back to States. Its just one full day in London after 3 weeks around Europe, I am departing out of Heathrow so decided to arrive one day before. Thanks for your time in advance and look forward to suggestions. I already down loaded the LONDON city mapper for trans options….. wanted to see much as possible including Piccadilly and maybe Abbey Road studios.

7th January 2020 at 3:16 pm

I would actually say that the order in the itinerary should work just fine for you. The only change I might make would be to switch the last two stops around, but only if you don’t want to go inside Westminster Abbey. This is because the abbey closes fairly early, so if you get here late you will only be able to enjoy the outside (which is also magnificent). Otherwise, the rest of the itinerary should work fine in the order it is in, as the theatre is near Westminster Abbey 🙂

Let me know if I can be of any more help, and have a lovely time in London,

7th January 2020 at 5:14 pm

Osum!! Thank you For all the advice. I appreciate them. Deana

8th January 2020 at 11:56 am

My pleasure!

1st January 2020 at 7:15 pm

Such a helpful overview of 1-day in London! And one short ‘day’ is all we have. To make the most of our time I’m wondering if you can help fine tune our itinerary plan.

We arrive at Heathrow at 8pm on a Sat night in Sept, and fly out on Sun at 5pm. Given the relatively late arrival we’re wondering which neighbourhood we should stay in. We’re looking for something that would put us in good position to launch into the walking tour the next morning and at the end, be in a good position for picking up the luggage and whisking back to the airport. Accomodation-wise, we’re look for something moderate meaning charm and comfort but not luxury.

Also, are there any parts of the tour or off-tour suggestions that would be conducive to squeezing in 10pm-midnight on Saturday?

Look forward to any further advice you have for us!

Karen & Carla

1st January 2020 at 8:29 pm

Hi Karen & Carla,

Great to hear from you, and thanks very much.

So I would personally suggest staying at a hotel near Paddington train station. We stayed at this one a couple of weeks ago, which was just a five minute walk from the train station, and they held our luggage on our last day with no problem. It’s also a short walk to nearby tube, from where you can easily get to the start of your day. There are quite a few in the area. From Paddington, you can get the Tfl rail service direct to Heathrow for around £10 per person each way, and it takes around 30 minutes. There’s also the Heathrow Express, which is twice as fast and costs twice as much, so it’s up to you!

In terms of what you could squeeze in, obviously most indoor attractions will be closed at the time. However, Covent Garden and Trafalgar Square are pleasant to walk at night, and I always love walking across the Thames Bridges near the London Eye at night as it is so pretty and lit up.

I hope this helps – have a wonderful trip, and do let me know if I can be of any further assistance!

All the best, and Happy New Year,

2nd January 2020 at 1:06 am

Happy New Year to you as well, Laurence, and wishes for many more happy travels. Thanks for the advice. We’re booked and ready to go. 🙂

2nd January 2020 at 11:20 am

My pleasure – have a great time!

Vijay Patel says

3rd September 2019 at 6:10 am

It’s my dream to visit London for once in my life as I am very fond of places to visit in London. especially, the London Eye. The list of places and other things to do in London is just amazing. London is such an amazing place to reside and visit hence I will be definitely sharing this great blog with my friends and family. I am glad I came across this and thanks for investing time and sharing this informative post with us.

3rd September 2019 at 9:45 am

My pleasure Vijay, thanks for your comment 🙂

7th August 2019 at 11:41 am

These are some fantastic tips which I will definitely be going to follow on my next one day trip to London. And please suggest any of the budget hotels in North London which have all the necessary facilities and close to these attractions. Thanks

7th August 2019 at 8:52 pm

Thanks Ammy!

So the two properties in our list we’d suggest based on your criteria would be:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – excellent value in a lively and popular part of London with great dining options

If those don’t work, the linked site should have plenty more options for you 🙂

21st March 2019 at 6:38 am

Hello Laurence, I stumbled upon your posts in Google, I found very helpful tips from your website. I’m thankful for such detailed, well-done posts. It will by our first time in London, I’m nervous because I’m bring my parents and will be there for only a day. Taking Euro Star train from Paris we will arrive Monday May 13, 2019 at St. Pancras @ 8AM and leaving same day at 8PM. Knowing that we won’t have a lot of time and afraid to get lost, your posts have eased somewhat my anxiety.

I’ve been watching other channels on YouTube but yours is the best by far and have met my needs. I saw your 1 day London itinerary & map. London has comes alive to me, I was so happy because I’ve been trying to study the map, city mapper, bus routes…and was so overwhelmed.

We’re on a budget so we’ll take public transportation and will do sightseeing only.

I was planning to take public bus but since you mentioned taking the Tube & River Boat/Bus will save some times from and back to St. Pancras is a great idea.

Is there any way you can give more details of how to take the Tube, bus numbers/routes efficiently for our trip?

I plan to go directly to Buckingham from St. Pancras to watch the changing of the guards then head to Sky Garden and Borough market for lunch. I’m excited to take River Boat and walk to some of your suggested sites as time allows before we head back to St. Pancreas.

Not to be greedy but do you think we can stop by and check out Little Niece on the way back to the train station and call off the day? Hopefully we can visit British Museum as well. .So sad already…

Lastly, will we have trouble of finding public toilets there?

Thanks so much again for your time & people like you to help out others via Internet of travel needs. Annie N.

21st March 2019 at 11:12 am

Thanks for your comment (and e-mail!).

So you have quite a lot of time – 12 hours should give you plenty of time to explore.

In terms of your route, the easiest way to plan a route in London, in my opinion, is just to use Google Maps. It has all the transportation options that you need and will pick the fastest route. Even if you don’t have data, there’s free WiFi available throughout London to help you.

It’s hard to give you an exact route plan as I’m not sure of your overall itinerary. However, from St. Pancras to Buckingham Palace, the best option is going to be the Victoria line ( https://goo.gl/maps/w9C3mATLCHu ).

From there to the Sky Garden you can take the Circle and District Line ( https://goo.gl/maps/nPLm5VNNi1q )

I would definitely advise downloading London as an offline Google Map to your phone, then you will be able to find your way around the streets.

I’m not familiar with Little Niece – where is that?

There are some public toilets in London, so you should be able to find them without too much trouble 🙂

Have a great trip, let me know if I can help any more!

22nd March 2019 at 5:44 am

Thank you Laurence for your quick reply! Sorry I meant Little Venice not Little Niece.

22nd March 2019 at 9:57 am

Ah, that makes sense. So you could try and squeeze that in, although you would be cutting it quite fine with everything else as well 🙂

22nd March 2019 at 6:50 pm

Thanks! One more question please, if we follow your suggested routes and start from St.Pancras to Towel of London…will we make it to watch the changing of the guard in time?

22nd March 2019 at 6:55 pm

The Changing of the Guard usually takes place from 10.45 – 11.30am. From St. Pancras to Buckingham Palace shouldn’t take you more than half an hour. So if you arrive into St. Pancras at 8am you will have more than enough time 🙂 I’d suggest seeing something else on the way. Unfortunately many attractions do not open until 10am, however you could explore Covent Garden and see Trafalgar Square in the meantime.

2nd March 2019 at 8:56 am

Hi, myself, husband and two teens (16 and 17) are visiting London in June for one day. Our first time visiting and feeling anxious. We would like to maybe visit some free places but also do a couple of paid sites. what would you recommend for us, and of interest to the teens. Is your itinerary doable by foot and how far between each site to walk? Thanks in advance

2nd March 2019 at 9:03 am

I understand the anxious feeling of wanting to see everything! I guess I would say that it is definitely possible to see many of the highlights in a day, but not to worry too much about trying to see everything London has to offer in just one day, as it’s a big city with hundreds of attractions! I’d try and focus on a few big items that you really want to see. My suggestions would be things like Tower Bridge, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey and Buckingham Palace, which are some of the more iconic landmarks in the city.

The itinerary as I have laid it out is do-able on foot yes. You’re probably looking at a total of 2 hours of actual walking, but obviously you will take a lot more time as you’ll be taking pictures and looking at the sights. You’ll also need to get from wherever you are staying to the start and end point.

In terms of paid sites, I would definitely recommend the Tower of London. It’s home to the Crown Jewels and one of the oldest castles in the UK, and there is so much history to learn about here. After that, many of the attractions can be enjoyed from the outside, like the Tower of London and the south bank. You could also pop across the Millenium Bridge from the Tate Modern to visit St. Pauls. Even if you’re not into Modern Art, I can recommend a visit to the Tate Modern as there’s a great view from the balcony.

I hope this helps – do let me know if I can be of any more assistance 🙂

Melissa says

20th January 2019 at 12:52 am

Hello, I’m visiting in March for one day coming in on the Eurostar. What should be my first stop on your list ? And how can i get to it ? Thanks so much

20th January 2019 at 12:07 pm

Hi Melissa!

So the Eurostar arrives at St. Pancras. My suggestion is to follow this itinerary in the order it’s laid out, so your first point of call will be the Tower of London. This is easy to get to from St. Pancras, you just take the Underground. Specifically, you’ll want to take the Circle line (Yellow colour) from St. Pancras in the direction of Liverpool Street, and get off at Tower Hill. It’ll take around 10 minutes.

I hope this helps! I have a using the London transport network here which might be useful too 🙂

Have a great trip!

Kathleen Trakas says

27th January 2019 at 4:10 pm

Hello! My Husband & I also are in Paris for our 3rd trip in December & want to take the Eurostar to London for the day. Reading your suggestions we feel confident we can do your itinerary in just one day- we’re early birds so with this itinerary what train times do you suggest would give us a relaxing but full day? We can catch the 6am train and how long would this all take to get back to the train station without worry?

27th January 2019 at 4:38 pm

Hi Kathleen!

So it’s around a two hour trip to London from Paris, meaning the 6am train will get you in at just after 8am. The only thing to bear in mind is that many of the attractions in London don’t open until after 9am.

To make the most of your time therefore, you might want to reorder the day. I’d suggest starting with some of the outdoor sights like Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and the Houses of Parliament first, and then Buckingham Palace. You can then make your way along the south bank past the London Eye, Tate Modern, Golden Hind and HMS Belfast before getting to Tower Bridge, and then seeing the Tower of London.

From the tower of London you can then hop on the tube for the ten minute ride back to St. Pancras, for the train. I’d advise giving yourselves plenty of time for all that, as you’ll likely want to eat at some point as well and not feel rushed, so a train at around 6 or 7pm would be my suggestion.

I hope this helps!

28th January 2019 at 4:55 pm

Thanks so much! Pretty excited to be Headed to London for a day! Cheers!

Helena says

20th December 2018 at 4:28 pm

Heey, I’m going to London with a friend inJanuary. He are arriving sunday at 9am at Gatwick and sleeping somewhere in Enfield and going to Southampton the next day. I enjoyed looking your guide for one day and i would like to ask your opinion on what to do in one day, knowing that the tickets are kinda expensives and we love nature and high-views. Thank you! And good work!

20th December 2018 at 4:39 pm

So are you asking for advice in London? I will assume so 🙂

For views, I would recommend the Sky Garden. It’s free to visit, but you do need to book a timeslot in advance which you can do on their website here . Tickets are released on a Monday for the following week, and they alway go very quickly, so you’ll want to set a calendar reminder. Another good viewpoint can be had in the Tate Modern museum, which is also free 🙂

In terms of more sightseeing, many of the sights and attractions in London are free, such as watching Changing of the Guard, and looking at the outside of the major buildings like Tower Bridge, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey and so on. So I would advise you to basically follow this itinerary fairly closely, but just to skip any attractions you don’t want to pay to see if budget is a key concern.

For nature, you will likely enjoy a visit to some of the parks, like Hyde Park or Green Park, which are just near Buckingham Palace / Trafalgar Square.

I hope this helps! Have a great trip

Kadeer says

13th December 2018 at 10:12 pm

Hello my family and I are traveling and have one day in London, we fly in to Gatwick at 12 pm and out of Gatwick the next morning at 7 am. We are staying at a hotel close to the airport…. would you recommend any changes or advice for us (kids ages are 11/13/15). I am not sure if we should take uber, train, the express train, or taxi. Also while in London should we do the hop on and off bus?

14th December 2018 at 2:47 pm

So from Gatwick one of the easiest ways to get into London is to take the train (see my full guide to getting to central London from all the airports here ). You can take the Gatwick Express, but these tickets are usually £20 per person each way, so if budget is a consideration i would instead suggest taking the normal train, which has tickets starting at £9.90. You can check ticket prices and times here – it’s always cheaper to buy in advance online, just make sure you get on the train that you buy the ticket for.

In terms of the itinerary, you will definitely have to reduce the sight seeing a bit as you only really have half a day. My suggestion would be to visit Tower Bridge and look at the Tower of London from the outside, then take the tube to Westminster where you can see Trafalgar Square, Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace.

I hope this helps – have a great time in London!

3rd December 2018 at 1:07 am

family of 4 person , visiting london for one day what tips you suggest for us. thanks alot

3rd December 2018 at 11:05 am

My advice would be to follow the itinerary, but to perhaps slow it down depending on the age and stamina of your family. Certainly, everything is do-able, but in hearing feedback from family travellers, travelling as a family will require you to take things a bit slower (depending on age).

Have a great time!

Amanda says

4th November 2018 at 7:16 am

Your itinerary sounds perfect everything I would love to see! I’ve been so anxious just thinking of how to plan my ONE day in London. Could you provide some tips on where to start the day? I will be arriving in London in the morning about 9 at Heathrow. My departure will be about 11 that evening from Gatwick. I’ll be using your itinerary as my guide. But need tips on how to use my time as efficiently as possible. I also want to make sure I make my flight that evening. Please help!

4th November 2018 at 9:04 am

Hi Amanda! Sounds like you have lots of time to see all the things on my itinerary, but I would suggest in a different order to make it more efficient based on your airport arrival and departure. 🙂 So from Heathrow the cheapest option is to take the tube, you could take this to Leicester Square. From here you can get out and see Trafalgar Square, then walk to the Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace – you should be in time to see the Changing of the Guard. From here you can then walk along the south bank of the river, from the London Eye all the way around, past Shakespeare’s Globe and HMS Belfast, the Tate Modern, the Golden Hind etc. You’ll finish near Tower Bridge and the Tower of London. Then, when you are done you can take the train from London Bridge train station which goes direct to London Gatwick airport 🙂

Hope this helps – have a great day out!

Nandini says

11th August 2018 at 11:55 am

Hi Laurence and Jessica! Thanks so much for the post! Most certainly, It gives a pretty good idea to plan a one-day trip! I will go to London from Birmingham on 31st August and leave on 2nd September. That gives me 1 evening and 1 full day and 1 morning to explore London! Would you please give me any particular suggestion so that I can utilize my stay to the best extent?

13th August 2018 at 9:23 pm

Hey Nandini!

Sounds like a fun trip 🙂 So, it’s a bit hard to give specific advice without knowing your interests, but our general advice would be to figure out what you really want to see, and try to plan your time so you can see them as efficiently as possible. So for example, if you have an evening in London, some attractions such as the London Eye or the Shard are open later, so you can go to them on your first day perhaps. Or you could catch a show. Essentially, try to make the best use of your time as possible whilst you are there 🙂 Hopefully this helps!

Talva Walker says

2nd August 2018 at 8:12 pm

Hi, I’ve been enjoying your post. Very insightful. I’m planning a trip to Paris Aug 31-Sept 5, arriving CDG at 7:20am on Sept 1, staying at the Mercure Paris Alesia. I am planning a day trip to London via EuroRail. Can you please suggest the best travel and sightseeing routes from Paris to London so I can get the most out of my day while in London. Thanks

2nd August 2018 at 8:21 pm

HI Talva, thanks for your comment. Could you just elaborate for me what you need – as you say you are taking the Eurail train, which will put you right in central London, are you looking for a tour guide or a suggested itinerary? There’s only one train option as far as I know, you just have to pick a time that works for you 🙂

8th August 2018 at 9:24 pm

Hi Laurence, thanks for your response. I’m sorry I wasn’t clear. I’m looking to find the best way to spend my day in London allowing time to/from the Eurorail. Is this doable.

9th August 2018 at 2:41 pm

Hey Talva! Well, that makes more sense. This itinerary is definitely do-able in a day but it does depend on what time your train gets in and leaves. If you are looking for the highlights, I’d suggest the Tower of London, walking across Tower Bridge, the London Eye or The Shard for great views, the exterior of the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, Trafalgar Square and Buckingham Palace. That should all be very achievable in a day 🙂

11th July 2018 at 4:52 am

Hi, We are planning a trip to England and visit to Scotland and/or Ireland in early August. This may be too optimistic coverage but we have 12 full days. Our flight lands in Gatwick and we come back via Shannon. What is your recommendation? I plan to rent a car after spending 3 days in London.

11th July 2018 at 9:46 am

My advice would be to check out our 2 week UK itinerary: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/two-weeks-in-ukmy-perfect-itinerary/ and adjust it slightly to meet your time-frame and particular interests 🙂 We also have 1 week and 10 day UK itineraries, as well as loads of other content on travelling in the UK. So I am sure you will find the answers you need, but I’m always happy to provide further information as well.

Camilla says

1st July 2018 at 6:45 pm

I love the tips! We will be staying in a hotel near Covent Garden and will follow this! Any recommendations for places to eat around the area? I will be travelling with my in-lawsmy parents and my husband, we are not picky with food and we want to try where the locals eat.

3rd July 2018 at 10:30 am

Hey Camilla! Thanks very much 🙂 To be honest, we rarely recommend restaurants as recommendations can go out of date very quickly. Our advice would be to ask at the hotel reception when you get in, or look on Yelp / Google for nearby restaurants or pubs that have good ratings. A good pub meal is a must when visiting London. I would also add that there is a huge volume of visitors to London, as well as a very multi-cultural feel to the city, so most venues will cater to both locals and visitors 🙂

Beccare says

19th May 2018 at 10:38 am

Hello there, I will be heading into the Uk at the ending of this year and I have a list of places I would like to see in one day but not very sure how to see them all. I only have one day for sight seeing unfortunately. I plan on purchasing a one day london pass, the places are: British Museum, St Paul Cathedral, London motor museum, Charles Dickens museum, Globe Theater, Kensington Palace, London Zoo, London Bridge, West Minister Abbey, Tower Bridge, Tower of London, The view from the shard.

19th May 2018 at 7:09 pm

Hi Beccare!

I will be honest with you, I think you will struggle to see all of those locations in one day. I think you should be able to see a lot of them, but not all. My suggestion would be to start at the Tower of London, then Tower Bridge, Globe Theater, St. Paul’s cathedral, London Motor Museum and Westminster Abbey. Then head to the shard as that is open later. I think that would be achievable, but still you will have to go quite quickly. Otherwise you will rush so much you won’t see anything so well. I hope this works!

Alma J Saad says

16th May 2018 at 5:05 am

Excellent photographs. particularly the one of the Routemaster transport. Notwithstanding the 9 appeared, one additionally keeps running on the 15 (Heritage) course, which takes guests past numerous traveler spots (Tower of London, Trafalgar Square, St Paul’s Cathedral and so forth.) an incredible method to see London and considerably less expensive than a visitor transport!

17th May 2018 at 9:12 am

Thanks very much Alma!

Mohamed Haikel says

30th March 2018 at 3:35 pm

Im planning a honeymoon trip to europe and london is one of my stops and this article/post has been very helpful in narrowing down my list of places to visit. ill have a full day for sightseeing. Im staying at the Novotel Wembley in London. Any advice or recomendation on where i should start my sightseeing?

30th March 2018 at 3:48 pm

Hi Mohamed! Congratulations on your wedding 🙂 The easiest way to get around London is to take public transport, so my suggestion would be to take the tube (also known as the underground) from near your hotel. There are two easy options. First would be to take the Metropolitan line from Wembley Park Station to Aldgate Station, and then walk to the Tower of London. Alternatively, and I think my preferred option, would be to take the Jubilee Line from Wembley Park Station to London Bridge Underground Station, and then walk from there. It’s a prettier walk from the latter.

If you need information on getting around London, I have two posts to help, one on how to use the public transport system in London: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/guide-public-transport-london/

And one on paying for transport in London: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/pay-public-transport-london-oyster-contactless-best/

Andrea Heys says

26th March 2018 at 6:34 pm

Wow, This is really helpful, thank you. We are 4 ladies (3 Canadians and 1 Brit) staying around the Gatwick area at the end of April 2018. We have one full day and evening to see everything. We would love to see as much as possible (1 lady can’t walk a long way at a time but can rest for a few minutes and then carry on). The Canadians are leaving it up to me, the Brit (but from the North) to show them around. They want to sight-see and then take in a west end show in the evening. Can you recommend a route that can accommodate not too much walking?

26th March 2018 at 6:44 pm

Hi Andrea – delighted that you found the post useful 🙂 I’ll do my best to help out!

From Gatwick (I’m assuming the airport), my advice would be to take the train into central London – specifically London Bridge. This will put you almost directly across the river from the Tower of London, as well as a number of other great London sights (HMS Belfast, St. Pauls Cathedral & Tower Bridge). So a good place to start.

I’d then suggest after seeing all that you want in that area, that you take the River Bus service from either Tower Pier or London Bridge City Pier, and go to Westminster Pier. It’s pretty cost effective, and is a good way to see London from the water 🙂 Then you’ll be in the heart of Westminster, right next to Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament, the Churchill War Rooms, and whatever else you want to see in that area. You could also do the London Eye quite easily. Then, from Westminster it’s a short walk up Whitehall past 10 Downing St to Trafalgar Square, from where you have your pick of the shows.

Hopefully that all makes sense! I wouldn’t advise doing everything in the comment, obviously pick and choose what you’re interested in. IF you are interested in going in a few of the different attractions, definitely check out the London Pass (linked in the post) to see if the cost savings make it a benefit to you.

Have an amazing time – do pop back and let me know how it went!

29th March 2018 at 3:37 pm

Thank you so much for your reply. I’ll definitely let you know what we chose. This is great information and I heard about the London pass so we’ll check it out. This is a fantastic website that I’ll be recommending to all I know in Canada. Great information about London. Thank you again ?

29th March 2018 at 4:19 pm

My pleasure Andrea – and thanks very much!

Dale Fisher says

25th March 2018 at 2:50 pm

Your itinerary sounds perfect since we are staying for one day. We, husband and two daughters 21 & 23, leave in a few days and I will use your itinerary. We are staying at the London Arch so should I still start my day at the Tower of London? What if I begin at Westminster Pier and take the River Cruise to the Tower? I have pre booked tickets to the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey. I plan to do it all walking. I value any opinions. Thank you!! Dale

25th March 2018 at 3:02 pm

Glad to be of help! It’s really up to you. From Marble Arch, it would probably make the most sense to go in the following order:

Buckingham Palace Westminster Abbey / Houses of Parliament River cruise or walk along south bank to Tower of London Tower of London Then you could either take public transport back or the river cruise again.

Alternatively you could take public transport to the Tower of London, and then the itinerary would finish near Buckingham Palace and be quite close to where you are staying 🙂

25th March 2018 at 3:23 pm

Thank you!! This was extremely helpful! We arrive the day before and have the evening free, any suggestions to make the most of our evening? All the best, Dale

25th March 2018 at 4:08 pm

My pleasure! There are a few options, you could try one of the following;

Take in a West End London Show (there are many to choose from, we know the Lion King is very popular!) Take a ride on the London Eye at sunset or head up the Shard for great views Pop out for a meal or a drink – there are so many dining and drinking options we don’t think you’ll struggle to find somewhere

simon harding says

26th November 2015 at 9:00 am

beautiful photos. especially the one of the routemaster bus. In addition to the 9 shown, one also runs on the 15 (Heritage) route, which takes visitors past many tourist spots (Tower of London, Trafalgar Square, St Paul’s Cathedral etc.) a great way to see London and much cheaper than a tourist bus!

Claudia Luxembourg says

6th August 2015 at 11:43 am

You got it covered! I know London so well that whenever people visit me I take them on my very personal walking tour. I usually start in Covent Garden, walk to Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus, then head to Trafalgar Square where we stop at the National Gallery. Keep on to Buckingham Palace and then continue to Big Ben, Parliament and Westminster. Then I go to the British Museum too. I taylor it depending on what people are interested in. But it usually works fine. It is an amazing city. I also love Chiswick. Perhaps my fav. part of London!!

Laurence says

7th September 2015 at 9:11 am

That’s one of my favourite routes 😀 I lived in Covent Garden for a couple of years, love that part of town!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

London Travel Tips

Below, you will find links to all our London travel tips posts and podcast episodes . These include our top tips for first-time visitors to London , our recommended apps, guides to food in London, what to pack, and much, much more.

How to plan your London trip

London Travel Resources

London travel planner – How to plan a trip to London in 7 easy steps

London Itinerary Planning Consultation

London airport transfers (and beyond)

How Much Does it Cost to Go to London (A Budget Planner for your Trip) 

How Far Ahead Should You Book for London? A Local’s Guide

London travel tips – practical information.

Where to Leave Luggage in London

Where to eat in london.

Where to eat in London (Guide to London restaurants + more)

23 London Foods to entice your taste buds on your UK trip (+ where to find them)

Uk & london travel planning podcast.

Listen to the following podcast episodes to help you plan your trip

• Episode #4 – Visiting London – How to plan your trip and essential tips for first-time visitors
• Episode #67 – Visiting London – 15 things to know to make the most of your trip
• Episode #78 – Things to do in London – An Introduction to London’s most famous landmarks
• Episode #81 – Exploring London on a Budget: Discover Free Things to Do in the UK’s Capital City
• Episode #90 – How Far Ahead to Book for London: Accommodation, Dining and Sightseeing

40+ London Travel Tips for First Timers & Must Knows Before You Go

Last Updated: March 20, 2024

*FYI - this post may contain affiliate links, which means we earn a commission at no extra cost to you if you purchase from them. Also, as an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. Check out our Privacy Policy and Disclosure. for more info.

Whenever people say they dislike London, I get weirdly defensive.

I mean… Not like London? How dare you?!

In a city with attractions, shows and restaurants catered to every whim, I find the prospect outrageous. Which is why I’ve come to the following conclusion: most of those who ‘dislike London’ simply fail to prepare for it properly… an easy failure, given the many, many mistakes tourists can make here.

… But that won’t be you. You’re going to love London, because I’m arming you with every London tip and must-know you could ever possibly need, accumulated over a dozen visits ranging from two days to two months.

So, read on for a truly maniacal range of London travel tips for first timers, from London planning tips and culture shocks to niche, practical must-knows upon arrival.

Soon, you too shall be a violently defensive London fangirl. See you on the other side.

Save this List of London Travel Tips for Later!

You’ll be very glad you did.

1. Avoid visiting London in peak season

First, in terms of when to visit London… my number one rule is to avoid London in peak peak season, meaning July and August.

Sure, the city draws tourists year-round, but summer time is next level in terms of crowds, and there’s a bonus villain that comes in to guest star: muggy London heat , an absolute menace if you use public transport.

Overall, there’s a compelling reason for every season (you know it’s true because it rhymes), just avoid summer if you can, and also try to avoid school and bank holidays because London is a super popular family destination.

Here’s a quick breakdown of what every (other) season can offer:

• Spring: Flowers in bloom, May for wisteria hysteria, plenty of fun events like the Chelsea Flower Show/Chelsea in Bloom
• Fall: Gorgeous foliage and comfortable temperatures, fun events like the London Film Festival
• Winter: The sheer magic of London at Christmas (though this can be crowded too – plan for weekdays/earlier in the season for a slightly quieter experience). Winter can otherwise be a bit gloomy, but the relatively thinner crowds and lower prices help compensate

2. Plan to be in London for minimum four days

One of the best ways to hate London is to rush through it.

This is a city best enjoyed somewhat slowly – otherwise burnout is guaranteed.

I personally think first time visitors need at least four days to get a good feel for the city. You definitely won’t see everything in this time, but it’ll give you a good grasp of the main must-sees. I’d advise adding a few more days if you want to do some cool day trips too.

3. Research your airport to accommodation commute in advance

First time visiting London? Great news – the confusion starts before you even arrive!

When booking flights, you may find that there are actually six airports that service the Greater London area: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stanstead, Luton, London City Airport, and London Southend Airport.

For most visitors coming from overseas, Heathrow and Gatwick will likely be your main point of entry, whereas the others are popular for shorter flights, typically from elsewhere in Europe (often with budget airlines like Ryanair , easyJet and Wizz Air , especially with Stanstead and Luton ).

When planning, you should remember to factor in costs getting from these airports to central London, as it’s often not cheap.

While the options vary by airport, the most convenient (and most expensive) is of course by taxi or private transfer. Welcome Pickups can be a good option for pre-booking, if you are prioritizing convenience and ease.

There are also public transport options for all of them which are much more cost-effective.

One general word of warning though: regardless of which airport you arrive at, make sure you research different ways to get to the city centre. Often times, the most popular and most advertised options aren’t the best solution.

For instance, with Heathrow, often visitors will hop on the Heathrow Express, a ride notorious for being the UK’s most expensive train journey per mile (though a new train from Luton is set to dethrone it) … only to find out they need to complete their journey with further means because their hotel is nowhere near Paddington Station.

So, definitely explore different options for getting into the city!

4. Prioritize comfort when booking accommodation

In terms of places to stay, there are thousands of hotels and accommodation options to choose from in London. Unfortunately, their prices will make you want to cry, regardless of quality.

As I discuss in my guide on how to book the best accommodation every time , often sacrifices must be made depending on whether you’re prioritizing price, quality or location.

For London, I would advise prioritizing quality or price.

Whereas in other cities, I’m more inclined to prioritize location, the truth is London and its attractions are very spread out, so booking a hotel close to one attraction won’t necessarily put you at an advantage when it comes to seeing other places.

Plus, staying in touristy areas can mean noise, crazy prices, and a lack of good-value places to eat nearby. Rather, in London, I think it’s smarter to prioritize an area with good food options nearby and proximity to a Tube station (preferably in more central zones like Zone 1 and Zone 2).

Apart from that, to make your decision, I think you should be looking more at the specifics of the hotel and whether they suit your needs in terms of amenities and comfort. At the end of a long day of sightseeing, you’ll want somewhere nice to come home to!

5. Thoroughly research your accommodation before booking

Related to the London planning tip above is the simple fact that many of London’s hotels are terrible value for money.

You’d assume (based on prices) that you’re getting a great place to stay, but oftentimes hotels will lack the amenities you typically expect.

This is because many (smaller) London hotels weren’t purposely built to be hotels, and are converted from old buildings, which may mean a lack of elevator and/or ‘quirky’ plumbing and temperature control issues.

So, be extra careful when you’re vetting hotels. Read the descriptions, comb through reviews, scroll through all the photos, and if amenities like Air Conditioning are important to you, triple check the hotel has it because many older ones do not.

Don’t automatically assume every hotel will have standard amenities (especially if the price seems too good to be true!)

6. Make sure you have a data plan

Another important London tip is to get a local SIM card or make sure you have an international data plan because having access to Internet in London is pretty crucial these days, with many restaurants/pubs offering their menus on QR code or confusingly stumbling around using Google Maps.

Three has really cheap data plans and you can pick up a card straight at the airport! You can also find their SIM cards on Amazon. An unlimited one costs less than my 5GB data plan back home in Canada. It simply doesn’t make sense.

7. Make sure you have a travel-friendly credit card

Another important London travel tip? Make sure you have a good credit card that travels well.

London these days is becoming very much a cashless city and you’ll be relying on card a lot more than cash, which is why it’s important to have a travel-friendly credit card like Wise , which doesn’t charge you foreign transaction fees or overinflated currency conversion fees.

8. Do not rent a car for your London trip

When in London, I wouldn’t advise renting a car. Driving in the city is a horrific pain, with copious weird fees that tourists aren’t used to.

Public transport is definitely the way to go. Renting a car may make sense for further trips out in to the countryside, but just know that when you’re in London itself, public transport or taxis should be your pick.

9. Learn how to book taxis quickly and easily

On the topic of taxis, I’d recommend downloading an app called FreeNow which is basically Uber but with licensed taxis.

This is way easier than flagging down a taxi on the street, plus you can see how much the fare will be, which helps you avoid getting scammed.

10. Avoid hop on/hop off buses to get around

Another London tip for getting around: I wouldn’t advise using those ubiquitous hop on/hop off buses as a means of transport.

Not only are they wildly expensive compared to local buses, their schedules also aren’t as consistent or reliable as regular public transport, so it’s really a lose-lose situation.

Instead, just use the vast public transport network that serves millions of locals everyday! Sure it’s stuffier and you might get lost or meet some characters, but it’s all part of the experience.

NOTE: I do think the open top buses are fun, but I’d advise doing a tour for the experience, rather than use it as a way of getting from Point A to Point B. Local transport will cost you far less, and will make you feeling more like a Londoner, if that’s what you’re after.

11. Make sure you have a contactless card for public transport

If you DO end up using public transport in London, the good news is it’s quite easy. Both buses and the Underground (AKA the Tube) rely on a card tap system that automatically charges you.

As a tourist, the easiest option is to just use a contactless card for all payments. You tap in on the bus as you board, then you can just get off at your stop without worrying again. Or, you tap in at Tube stations at the gates on your way in, and at the gates on your way out. Easy!

There is a reloadable card called an Oyster Card that you can buy to tap in/out easily, like a gift card you fill up with travel credit, but the prices and caps are the same for both contactless cards and Oyster cards.

Plus there’s a 5GBP activation fee for Oyster cards, so it’s not worth it for a short trip, unless you’re dealing with some specific scenarios which I’ll outline below, after this cute photo of a tap in/tap out machine.

12. Get an Oyster Card (in some situations)

There are only two situations where I think getting an Oyster card makes sense if you’re a tourist.

First, if you plan to buy a RailCard, this saves you 1/3 on all journeys, including on the Tube so you will need to get an Oyster Card and link the two to take advantage of that. Of course this only makes sense for visitors staying longer or who plan to come back often.

Second, you should maybe consider an Oyster card if you don’t have a travel friendly credit card and get charged individually for foreign transactions, as those costs might add up.

In most cases though, just using a contactless card is the simplest solution because it deducts amounts automatically. You can even use this to get far out to popular day trip destinations like Hampton Court Palace.

Just make sure you use the same card all day though because there are daily caps on how much they can charge you!

13. Understand when to take buses vs. the Tube

In terms of public transport in London, there’s Underground trains AKA the Tube, buses, and overground trains which connect to suburbs and neighbourhoods that are farther out.

As a tourist, you’ll most likely be relying just on the Underground and buses. 

Both have their pros and cons.

I do think buses are fun for tourists because they’re above ground so you see a lot more, especially if you ride at the front of a double decker (which is a mandatory must-do in my opinion), plus you can get phone service on them and they are cheaper as well, especially because it’s one price across zones.

The downside is they’re not as punctual (the time tables on Google Maps are notoriously inaccurate, so focus on the digital estimates at the stops themselves whenever possible)… and you can get stuck in traffic.

So, keep these pros/cons in mind when choosing how to plan your journey. If traffic a mess, the Tube may be a better choice. If you need phone service, want views, or are prioritizing low cost, then the bus may be better.

NOTE: Contrary to popular belief, the Tube does not run 24/7. It actually stops running surprisingly early, so check times before you head out, or prepare to get comfy on the night bus.

14. Always plan for lots of buffer time in case there’s delays with public transport

Regardless of which option you choose, be sure to plan things with buffer time in between obligations, especially if you need to be somewhere at a specific time.

The Tube may not get caught in traffic like buses do, but there’s still often random delays and unexpected failures.

So, if you have a tour, show or attraction booked, be sure to add in 30 minutes or more of wiggle room, just in case.

15. Walk as much as possible

Truthfully though, while I’m a big fan of London public transport, my preferred way to get around is walking as much as possible within neighbourhoods, then taking the Tube or bus to cover huge distances.

In busier tourist areas, there’s often signs you can follow to find big attractions so don’t worry too much about navigating on foot, and walking can sometimes even be faster than the Tube depending on how far you’re going.

16. Learn to ride the Tube like a pro

If you want to navigate the Tube system like a slick, terrifyingly efficient professional, then there are some basics to keep in mind.

First, I would never ride the Tube by choice between 7:30-9am and 5-7pm. It’s more expensive at this time so it’s a lose-lose, plus it’s rush hour when everyone and their mom’s landlord is trying to get to/from work. Don’t get caught in this as a tourist. Remember, you’re here to escape that kind of minutia!

Second, remember, when riding the Tube, you need to tap out to leave, so have your card ready to tap out upon exit, and don’t block everyone’s way as you shuffle through the deepest depths of your chaotic tote bag.

Also make sure you have your full journey loaded on your phone or written down before you head out. There’s usually no service so you won’t be able to Google directions when you’re down there, hence why you may want to bring a book or some form of entertainment.

One random hack I have for finding the right exit to take from a Tube station is to plot your journey on Google Maps, and then rotate your map to make it look like your train is headed straight North. This way, you have a sense of which direction you need to move towards once you get off the train, and which exit makes the most sense.

In this example for instance, as you exit the train, you will know your end destination is behind and to the left of you:

Some busier stations will also have an exit guide:

Lastly, be sure to exercise proper Tube etiquette:

• Let people off the train before you try to get on
• If there’s a crowded train, take off your bag or have it on your front so you’re not in everyone’s way
• Don’t stand on the left side of the escalator – this is meant to be left empty for people who choose to walk up

17. Consider a BritRail Pass if travelling farther

If you’re staying a while in London and plan to do many day trips or side trips, one potential pass worth considering is the London Plus BritRail Pass .

With it, you can get unlimited train journeys for a set period (either a consecutive few days or a set number of days within a month).

The London Plus Pass is especially good value because it covers the Greater London area, plus many of London’s most popular day trip destinations like Bath , Winchester , Windsor, Salisbury, Brighton , and Bournemouth.

This is a great option if you need a bit more flexibility and don’t want to buy tickets in advance, but overall if you plan to only do a handful of day trips, buying tickets well in advance will probably be cheaper. 

18. Don’t overload your London itinerary

Now let’s move onto some London itinerary planning tips. The first and most important one? Resist the urge to overload your itinerary!

London is a gargantuan city packed with fun attractions, so many in fact that even people born and raised there haven’t seen it all.

Which stands to reason that you, as a first time visitor, will not be able to see it all in one go either.

I would recommend limiting big paid attractions to 1-2 per day, then dedicating the rest of the day to just wandering, enjoying food, and pursuing more relaxed activities.

19. Plan your days by neighbourhood

Another important London must-know is that you should be organizing your itinerary based on strategic neighbourhood hopping.

London is really spread apart so planning things by neighbourhood is crucial for avoiding the inefficiency of doubling back. If you need help, I have a 3 Days in London itinerary you can steal.

Needless to say, it’s really worth getting out of Central London to explore other neighbourhoods during your visit. Notting Hill, Camden, and Shoreditch are super popular ones for instance, but if you want something quieter, Hampstead Heath or Greenwich are also great.

20. Consider the London Pass for potential savings

London is expensive, so I highly recommend you cap your paid attractions to only a few that you desperately want to do, then devote the rest of your time to free attractions.

That said, if you do intend on seeing lots of paid sights I can highly recommend the London Pass , especially if you can grab one on sale.

It’s essentially one card you pay for that then gets you into tons of paid attractions. If you plan correctly, this can save you SO much money. I bought a ten day one recently so that I could test out all of London’s paid attractions in one go. It was busy but I ended up saving a crazy amount of money.

Again, this would only be worth it if you planned to see a bunch of paid sights anyway, but it’s worth looking into if you’re a ‘see it all!’ type of visitor.

21. Prioritize uniquely ‘London’ attractions

We’ve already established that there’s a ton to see in London… so how can you decide which sights to prioritize above the rest?

Well, my advice would be to prioritize uniquely London attractions. There are many big name attractions in the city now that are fairly random and completely unrelated to the city, for instance Shrek’s 4D Adventure or Madame Tussauds.

And… Unless you are travelling with kids and need to entertain them, I think there’s way better attractions to be prioritizing, so try to pick ‘Londony’ attractions whenever possible.

22. Time your attraction visits strategically

Of course, it’s worth emphasizing how busy London can be when it comes to tourist sights, so if you want to enjoy attractions with minimal selfie sticks in your eyes, then avoid going to big attractions in the middle of the day.

Early morning or (even better) just before closing time is often way less busy.

23. Familiarize yourself with all the free things to do in London

I’ve mentioned this already, but it’s worth noting again just how many great free things there are to do in London!

You can visit parks, go to free museums, or simply absorb London’s most wonderful sights on a (very free) walk.

In terms of free/by donation museums, the V&A is my personal favourite – it’s full of amazing decorative art and also located very close to other free museums like the Science Museum and Natural History Museum.

There’s also the National Gallery, National Portrait Gallery, Tate Modern, Tate Britain, the Imperial War Museum, the British Museum and more. So if you’re looking to save money, prioritize these sights over others.

There are some great free viewpoints as well, like at…

• Tate Modern – the views over the Thames from the viewing level terrace are too good to pass up
• Primrose Hill – a farther away view of the skyline in a very pretty park/colourful neighbourhood
• Greenwich Observatory  – the perfect place to see the London skyline at sunset

24. Learn when to book London’s most exclusive free/almost free tickets

While London is swimming with free things to do, some are harder to pursue than others due to limited tickets that are pre-released at set times before quickly being gobbled up by the eager freebie goblins.

SO, to help you prepare, here are some cool experiences in London that are free or almost free, but need to be booked in advance:

• Barbican Conservatory: Really beautiful and free green space in the heart of the City! Tickets released for next week Thursdays at 10am here
• Sky Garden: Free and stunning viewpoint, but you need to book in advance and the tickets go QUICKLY. Usually tickets are released every Monday up to a week in advance. Click here to book.
• Mithraeum: Cool ancient Roman temple underneath all the huge skyscrapers in the City of London. Tickets can be booked up to four months in advance here although they do accept walk-ins depending on availability.
• Ceremony of the Keys: Secret, centuries-old ceremony at the Tower of London where they lock up for the night. SUPER cool. Not free, but only costs 5 GBP. Tickets need to be booked in advance on the 1st working day of the month at noon, for the next month. You can book it here.

NOTE: If you don’t manage to book Sky Garden  for free, another fun way to see it which I prefer is to book it for breakfast to see it without crowds. It does cost 8.50 per person but you get a drink and a pastry so it’s not a bad deal!

24. Book important must-dos well in advance

From West End shows to reservations for popular restaurants, planning ahead is key in London, especially during peak season.

Some key attractions that tend to book out months in advance include the Harry Potter Studio Tour and tickets for shows at the Globe .

So, remember: preparation is key to avoiding disappointment! If you know what attractions you want to see, book in advance online and get a skip the line ticket. If there’s a special restaurant you want to visit, book a table. If there’s a non-negotiable show that you need to see, book those tickets.

… You can always book cancellable ones to secure your spot, then decide later!

25. Learn how to get the best deals on West End shows

On that note, if you’re hoping to get West End show tickets during your time in London, then here are some tips for saving money:

• If you’re flexible with what show you watch, get the TodayTix app – they always have great sales and deals and within that app you can enter different ticket lotteries and do day-of rush tickets
• In advance of your trip, enter different ticket lotteries – they have ones for Hamilton, Harry Potter and the Cursed Child and other popular shows. This is how I got these seats in Hamilton for only 10 GBP!
• And in a pinch, you can also visit the TKTS booth in Leicester Square for discounted day-of tickets

26. Read local blogs/websites to find special events

Another VERY underrated London travel tip is to scour local blogs and websites for fun events/pop-ups.

In a city like London, there’s always cool things happening, so if you want to spice up your itinerary beyond the tourist must-sees, there’s plenty of opportunities. London is home to millions of locals after all!

Some good local websites to check out include London x London , Time Out London , Londonist , Secret London.

27. Be sure to try plenty of English classics

Ahh, now for London food and drink tips!

I know most visitors will flock to London to try fish and chips, but besides this English classic, there are many other great British foods to try (alongside excellent international options, but more on that later).

If you’re craving local food, be sure to try some…

• Savoury pies
• A full English breakfast
• Sausage rolls
• Sticky toffee pudding

Those visiting on a Sunday should also make sure they try a Sunday roast, which tends to be eaten as a heavy lunch or early dinner, although booking for this in advance is strongly advised. 

28. Visit food markets if you have trouble with decisions

Beyond English classics, be sure to head out to some food markets in London as well (the city is famous for them!)

These vibrant foodie hubs offer a taste of London’s incredibly diverse food scene, all in a ‘grab and go’ manner that’s ideal for those who are indecisive, or simply bottomless pits of sustenance like me.

Borough Market is a foodie favourite that’s always busy but fun. Other markets I love for food include Greenwich Market, Brick Lane Market, nearby Old Spitalfields Market and (the much smaller) Maltby St Market… although these all have their own specific opening days, so be sure to research before you head out!

29. Learn where to grab a quick, cheap bite

If you’re in a rush, on a budget, or both, the most cost-effective and quick lunch you can get for yourself in London is a Meal Deal. These are set combos that include a main, a snack, and a drink for a set small price like 4 or 5 pounds. Most major supermarket chains do them.

Another place to get cheap snacks is bakeries or chains like Greggs, where you can get pastries and sausage rolls for less than 2 pound each.

I know how savage London can be on one’s budget, so keep these money saving tips in mind do help ease the pain a bit on some days.

30. Learn proper pub etiquette

Now, let’s have a quick chat about pub etiquette.

Going to a pub in London is an essential activity, even if you don’t drink. Pubs can be a great place to grab food, socialize or even listen to live music if you plan properly, so don’t write off the experience just because you’re not a drinker!

Of course, visiting a London pub for the first time can be an awkward experience for first timers, full of random little culture shocks, so here are some must-knows to help you prepare.

First – not all pubs in London have table service, so the most typical way to order (especially if you’re just getting drinks) is to go up to the bar and order from there. You can usually place food orders at the bar as well. If you plan to do this, take note of your table number (usually somewhere on the table) so that they know where to bring your food!

When ordering at the bar, you tend to pay on the spot, and not after the meal is over.

These days, it’s also common for pubs, especially chain ones, to have a QR code or app where you can order directly from your table using your Table number. If you’re feeling a bit anti-social, this can be an easy option.

Lastly, in terms of what to order, beers are most commonly ordered as pints which in the UK are 20 fluid ounces, but if you want something smaller, ordering a half pint (AKA just a half) is also possible, although not too common.

Bear in mind pubs don’t tend to have as wide a selection for drinks as in bars, so you’re probably best sticking to beer, wine, cider or whatever simple cocktails they list on their menu. Don’t go asking for anything too fancy or they may look at you like you’re an alien.

31. Learn how tipping in London works

Now, in regards to tipping, you’ll find that many restaurants in London these days add on a Discretionary Service Charge of about 12.5% which is automatically tacked onto your bill.

This isn’t a mandatory fee and you can ask them to remove it if you don’t think the service deserves that amount.

Otherwise, if you pay it, don’t worry – you’re not usually expected to pay an additional tip on top of that, unless you found the service to be really exceptional.

32. Be careful when crossing the street

Now, for some London safety tips.

Please, for the love of Peppa Pig, make sure you look the right way when crossing the street.

The first time I visited London, I almost died about five times. Brits drive on the left, which sounds cute enough until you realize it turns every street crossing into an auto-fuelled death trap.

This has become such a problem that most crosswalks in touristy areas literally have “LOOK LEFT” and “LOOK RIGHT” painted on the pavement in aggressive white block letters, so read them.

33. Keep your phone close at all times

While pickpockets do exist everywhere, the more common crime these days in in London is phone snatching. 

What thieves will often do is come by you on a bike or scooter, then snatch the phone from your hand and escape so be sure to avoid having your phone out when you’re in a busy area, especially next to the road.

… And review my guide on how to avoid pickpockets too.

34. Beware of commonly mispronounced words and names

If you’re a first time visitor to London, you may be shocked to find that many of the names you’ve been reading in your head actually sound nothing like how you’ve been pronouncing them.

That’s because British English is filled with fun little traps!

So, let’s review some of the most commonly mispronounced names in London:

• Thames is pronounced like “temz”, not THEY-mz
• Leicester Square is pronounced like “LEST-ER Square”, not like LAY-SESS-TER Square
• Greenwich is pronounced like ‘GREN-itch”, not green witch
• Clapham and Fulham are pronounced like Clap-mm Full-mm, not Clap-HAM or Full-HAM
• Southwark is pronounced like “Suth-irk” not South Wark

And trust me, that’s barely scraping the surface. SO, when in doubt, keep an ear out on the announcements at train stations and tube stations for the proper pronunciation of things. I still learn new pronunciation traps all the time!

35. Beware of differing words in British English

On a related note, remember there are quite a few day to day words that are different in England compared to North America, so remember…

• Bathroom = the toilet or loo
• Elevator = lift
• Garbage can = bin
• Line-up = queue
• Sidewalk = pavement

… Just to name a few examples.

36. Learn some basic London etiquette

Of course, norms vary from destination to destination. Here are a few to bear in mind for London specifically:

• Never jump a queue – this might as well be a punishable crime in England
• Avoid talking too loudly – North Americans have a reputation for being obnoxiously loud in public
• Don’t take up a seat on the bus or train with your bag if it’s busy
• And most importantly: don’t put on a fake English accent! You might think it’s funny or convincing, it’s probably not

37. Don’t bring too much cash out

I mentioned before how London is mostly a cashless city these days… but it’s an important must-know so I’ll mention it again!

Remember: there are now some places in London that are “card only” so you won’t be needing cash too often, hence why I’d recommend carrying very little with you at all times.

A good rule of thumb is to never bring more cash out than you could stand to lose. I usually just walk around with £20 juuust in case, but I’ve rarely had to use it.

38. Learn where to find free public toilets

If you need to find a public toilet while exploring London, either look for big train stations, McDonalds, Starbucks and department stores OR in a pinch, duck into a pub and order a drink.

39. A hooded jacket > an umbrella

If you’re running low on space and can’t decide what to pack, I would recommend packing a hooded jacket over an umbrella for your trip to London.

London’s rain can often come unexpectedly, and honestly the wind can be pretty vicious too, so having a hooded jacket is a better defense.

Because yes, it does rain a lot quite randomly in London, so make sure you’re prepared!

40. Remember to be respectful

Getting to the end of our list of London travel tips, please remember the importance of being a kind and respectful tourist!

Some examples of what NOT to do include…

• Trespassing private property to get a fake candid in front of a colourful wall
• Being loud and disruptive if you’re wandering around a cute residential neighbourhood
• Blocking the escalator/sidewalk/train door with huge suitcases and bags
• Stopping suddenly on the sidewalk to look at directions/take a photo

At the end of the day, there are a lot of tourists in London, sure, but there’s even more locals who call this city home… so let’s make sure we don’t ruin their day to day lives with our tourist debauchery.

41. Binge watch movies/shows set in London before your visit

Finally – last but not least, a very dorky tip: watch lots of movies and shows in advance of your visit which showcase London as the backdrop.

This will make your trip 1000x more delightful… trust me!

There’s way too many to choose from, but here’s a list to get you started:

• About Time (one of my favourite movies ever – please watch it)
• Paddington 1 & 2 (not just for kids. These are great and showcase London well)
• Bridget Jones’ Diary or Notting Hill (if you want a good rom com)
• Anything Sherlock Holmes related
• Love Actually (at Christmas time – a must!)
• The Harry Potter series (not a TON of London scenes, but still magical)

I hope this list of London Travel Tips was helpful!

I appreciate you trudging your way through this lengthy list of tips for London, my London fangirl in training. Hopefully this post answered most of your questions, but if you have any more, let me know in the comments. Safe and happy travels!

My Go-To Travel Favourites:

🧳 Eagle Creek: My favourite packing cubes

💳 Wise: For FREE travel friendly credit cards

🍯 Airalo: My go-to eSIM

🏨 Booking.com: For searching hotels

📷 Sony A7IV: My (amazing) camera

✈️ Google Flights : For finding flight deals

🌎 WorldNomads: For travel insurance

🎉 GetYourGuide: For booking activities

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

Planning a London trip (essential tips for first time visitors)

By: Author Tracy Collins

Posted on Last updated: May 29, 2023

Planning your first visit to London? Feeling overwhelmed? We have you covered! In this article, I share all my best tips for visiting London. Follow these steps and I will show you how to plan your trip to London and make the most of your visit.

London is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world and certainly the number one destination for visitors to the UK. If this is your first time visiting London it can however feel quite overwhelming when it comes to planning your trip.

Common questions you may be considering include

When is the best time of year to visit London?

• How many days do I need to spend in London?
• What are the must see London sights and landmarks?
• Where should I stay in London?
• What should I budget for London?

These and a myriad of other questions can make planning your visit seem complex and just too hard.

Read on for London travel tips and practical actionable steps to help when planning a London trip and reduce stress.

Step 1 – Decide when to visit London (and for how long)

Step 2 – book your london accommodation, a. book tickets and tours in advance, b. consider purchasing a london sightseeing pass to save you time and money.

• C. Include some of London's free attractions and sights in your itinerary

A. Use public transport including the London Underground (the Tube)

B. purchase an oyster card for use on public transport, c. hire a santander bicycle or take a river cruise on a thames clipper, d. catch a london cab, step 5 – plan where (and what) to eat in london, step 6 – consider adding a day trip from london into your itinerary, insider tips for first time visitors to london, how many days do you need in london, what is the best area to stay in london for first-time visitors, how much do i need to budget for london, enjoy your visit to london, london travel guide & itinerary planner (+ 4 bonus ebooks), how to plan your trip to london – top travel tips for planning your visit to london.

(Tip – If possible avoid visiting London during peak times)

Deciding when to visit the UK is the first step in my UK trip planner and if London is your first destination you may also be considering just how long you need to spend in London.

London is the most popular city in the UK for visitors from all over the world and is busy all year round. However, it gets even busier and more crowded during school holiday periods, particularly in the summer months of July and August though London in spring is also a popular time to visit too.

July and August is peak tourist season in the UK with many Brits as well as overseas visitors heading to the capital for their holidays. 

While London is not a particularly budget-friendly destination at any time of year you will find hotel prices are particularly steep during peak season.

Weekends and public holidays* can also be fairly hectic in London especially around popular shopping areas such as Oxford Street and Covent Garden. Museums and art galleries can also be more crowded than usual.

London in December is always busy and if you (like me) can’t resist the beautiful Christmas lights, markets and shops keep in mind that the weekends before and after the holidays are the worst. If you plan to visit London in winter but want to avoid the busy season you will find January and February is quieter and as it is low season prices are lower too.

Thousands of visitors throng the streets and fill underground stations. If you panic in crowds or in confined spaces avoid the underground around this time, particularly around Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus and Covent Garden.

My answer to the question, ‘How long should I plan to stay in London?” is at least 3 to 4 days. This should enable you to see and enjoy some of London’s major sights and landmarks.

• Public holidays (called ‘Bank’ holidays in the UK are December 25/26, Jan 1st, Good Friday and Easter Monday, the first and last Mondays in May and the last Monday of August)

Read more – When is the best time to visit London and the UK?

(Tip – Stay in central London)

Hotels are expensive in London and it is tempting to book accommodation further out of the capital. I would advise against this.

When planning your UK travel budget do keep in mind that accommodation costs in London may be the most expensive of your trip.

Areas I would recommend to stay in include the West End – Covent Garden , Soho, Leicester Square, Westminster or South Bank and Bankside . These are all central locations with most of London’s top sights within walking distance and convenient access to the Tube.

Read more – Where to stay in London (a guide to the best areas)

Step 3 – Plan your itinerary

(Tip – Don’t try to do and see everything)

It may be impossible to see and do everything you want when you visit London. It is easy to over plan and overestimate how much you can do. It can also be exhausting.

I would recommend identifying your “must-do’s and must-see’s” when you plan your travels to London and developing your London itinerary around those.

Read more – Ultimate London bucket list (including the main landmarks and attractions)

I recommend booking tickets and tours in advance especially if visiting during peak times. It can be difficult to purchase tickets on the day for many London attractions such as the London Eye for example.

Tickets for some attractions may also be cheaper if you purchase in advance.

To save time and money when visiting London for the first time I would consider buying a sightseeing pass.

One of the most popular is the London Pass .

The London Pass includes free entrance to 80 attractions in London (including the Tower of London , London Zoo, the View from The Shard and many more) plus a one day Hop On Hop Off bus tour as well as discounts on shopping, dining, and entertainment. It comes with priority entrance to attractions so you can skip the queue and avoid wasting precious holiday time.

Which pass you purchase will depend on what you plan to see and do. The London Pass is a great option if you plan to see 2 or 3  of the attractions every day but it may be a case of calculating the costs of entry to each attraction versus the cost of a pass to decide if it is worthwhile for you. Read our complete review of the London pass!

Another pass available is the London Explorer Pass where you can create your own tour of London with a pass to 3, 4, 5 or 7 top attractions

There are also lots of excellent tours of London available to book. Choosing the right sightseeing or themed tour of London can be a little overwhelming so use my comparison guide to the best walking tours of London to help you to decide which tour is right for you.

C. Include some of London’s free attractions and sights in your itinerary

Visiting London is not cheap so it’s good to know that there are lots of free things to do there. Many museums and galleries are free of charge for visitors. The British Museum, Tate Modern and Natural History Museum are free and very popular with visitors.

The Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace is another popular (and free) attraction that should not be missed.

Enjoy a stroll around one of London’s many parks. In summer head to Primrose Hill with a picnic for great views across the city. There are lots of markets to visit too including Borough Market, Brick Lane and Portobello Market.

The Sky Garden (London’s highest public garden) is another popular free attraction in London though you will need to book a ticket to ensure you can see them. (Bookings open 3 weeks before – click here to book your free ticket to The Sky Garden )

Read more – 32 free things to do and see in London

Step 4 – Planning a London trip; consider how you will get around London

(Tip – Buy an Oyster card )

I would NOT recommend hiring a car and driving in central London. I speak from experience as I was required to drive in central London when I worked there and it is a stressful experience. 

It is much easier to use the public transport system (the Tube, trains, buses, trams, light railway, trains)

While the Tube is the quickest and easiest way to travel around London don’t use it all the time as you won’t see much of London if you spend your time travelling underground.

I recommend booking a hop-on hop-off bus tour (read our review of the best London bus tours ) or jumping on one of London’s famous red double-decker buses to see the main sights as it’s a great way to orientate yourself with the city.

One of the top sightseeing bus routes to take is Route 24 from Pimlico to Hampstead Heath (catch the bus from Victoria) which passes some of London’s most famous sights including Westminster Cathedral, Downing Street, Trafalgar Square before continuing onto Camden Town and Hampstead Heath.

Good to know – Keep in mind that peak times of day to travel in London are 06:30 to 09:30 and 16:00 and 18:00 Monday to Friday when people commute in and out of London for work. It is cheaper to avoid these times on public transport and travel during off-peak for better prices.

LEARN MORE – Complete guide to getting around London on public transport

An Oyster Card is an electronic ticket that is preloaded with credit and is used to pay for public transport in London including the Tube, Overground, trams, buses and boats. Read more about Oyster Cards.

I recommend purchasing an Oyster Card as it is a cheaper option than buying single-use tickets.

Visitor Oyster Cards are available if you are visiting London from overseas. The cards can save up to 50% off regular fares, are accepted everywhere and will save you time on arrival in London.

→ CLICK HERE TO PURCHASE YOUR VISITOR OYSTER CARD

How to use the Oyster card

To use the Oyster Card simply tap on the yellow card reader when you enter a station and tap off again when you exit. There is a maximum daily amount that can be charged.

Alternatively, you can also use a contactless credit card and tap on and off as you enter and leave tube stations.

Children under 11 travel free on the London Underground, Docklands Light Railway and buses and do not need their own ticket. Children aged 11 – 15 will need their own Oyster Card but can get a 50% reduction in fares for up to 14 days.  

If you need to top up your card during your trip you can do it at a station or in over 4000 shops around London. If you have money left on your card before you leave London you can get a refund (over £10) or keep the card for your next visit. 

Good to know – When using an Oyster card on a London bus swipe the yellow card reader as you get on the bus. Do not swipe it again as you get off! You can’t buy tickets using cash for buses in London so you will need an Oyster card or a contactless credit card.

You will see Santander bicycle docks all around the city. These were introduced by the now Prime Minister Boris Johnson when he was the Mayor of London.

Bikes are charged at £2 for the first 30 minutes and you will need to use the Santander bike app to enter your credit card details to rent one.

Alternatively, if you like the idea of cycling in London but are a bit nervous why not book a bicycle tour with a guide ?

Another great way to experience London is to take a river cruise. I recommend jumping on a River boat service run by Thames clipper to Greenwich from Westminster. Oyster Cards are valid for use on the clippers too so no need to worry about buying a ticket!

Alternatively, why not take book a boat trip or cruise along the Thames – read our comparison guide to the best Thames cruises here.

London cabs are synonymous with the capital and I would recommend travelling in one at least once during your London visit.

Yes, they can be pricy but there are times when I would advise that you take a London cab rather than public transport. For example, don’t struggle on the underground with large suitcases – it is not the place to take large items of luggage.

If you are flying into London you have a number of options to travel into the city. You can either book a transfer direct to your hotel or take the Heathrow Express to Paddington then a cab to your hotel (or if you are landing at Gatwick Airport take the Gatwick Express to London Victoria then get a cab to your hotel from there)

Read more in my guides to the best ways to travel from Heathrow to London or from Gatwick into London .

How to hail a London cab

• Look for a cab with the light on top displaying the word “TAXI” as that means that it is available. Once you hop in and drive off the light is switched off.
• Stick out your arm when you see the taxi (make sure you are standing somewhere the taxi can stop)
• Once the taxi has pulled over go to the front window and tell him where you want to go.
• You will notice the meter clicking over as you drive to your destination.
• Some London cab drives are very chatty and have some interesting stories to tell – I always ask if they have picked up anyone famous in their cab!
• Once you have arrived you will be told the final cost. I round up to the nearest £

Tip – Visit markets and supermarkets for budget lunches and picnic options

Although the UK may not be famous for its cuisine London really is a fabulous destination for foodies.

I would recommend sampling some traditional English food and while this list isn’t exhaustive here are some dishes to try.

• Afternoon tea – there are lots of fantastic afternoon teas  available in London from the classic Ritz afternoon tea to themed afternoon teas including one on a red London bus !
• Fish and chips
• Sunday roast with Yorkshire pudding
• Jellied eels 
• Pie and mash
• Strawberries and cream (A Wimbledon classic)
• An English pint of beer in a traditional English pub with a bag of pork scratchings
• A full English breakfast

If you are simply looking for a sandwich for lunch pop into a Pret a Manger . This UK sandwich shop chain sells baguettes, sandwiches, wraps, salads at a reasonable price.

Supermarket chains such as Tesco, Sainsbury’s, M&S and Waitrose are also good for sandwiches, snacks and drinks.

Borough Market is London’s most famous food and drink market offering diners a wide choice of restaurants, pubs, bars and cafes.

To save money eat at popular budget restaurant chains such as Nandos, Wagamama, Pizza Express, Pho, and Cafe Rouge.

Read more –  20 traditional English foods to tempt your tastebuds

Tip – If you are nervous about travelling independently there are lots of tours available which combine 2/3 of the most popular destinations such as Windsor/the Cotswolds & Bath into a one day trip.

If you have enough time in your UK travel itinerary why not take a  day trip from London by train?

Popular day trips to the South East and South West of London include Bath , York , Oxford, Stonehenge and Blenheim Palace to name a few. There are also some fabulous castles near London which make easy day trips.

If you really feel adventurous why not book the Eurostar to Paris ? It will be a full day and busy but it is doable (my husband once met me in Paris for coffee via the Eurostar!). Click here to read my top tips for first-time visitors to Paris

Discover 17 of the best day trips to make from London in my complete guide.

⇒ Click here for prices and to reserve your Eurostar ticket to Paris!

• Do be careful with your belongings in London. Unfortunately, there are pickpockets around so I would recommend using a pickpocket-proof bag/backpack when you travel. Read more about pickpocket bags and why I highly recommend using them in my guide to the best anti pickpocket bags and backpacks.
• Pay attention when withdrawing money from ATMs. Card skimming is a problem particularly around popular tourist destinations such as Oxford Street. If anything looks suspicious do not use the machine. If possible only use machines in banks.
•  Tipping is not expected in the UK – leave 10% for good service but do check your bill in case a service charge of 10 – 12.5% has already been added. If you take a cab round up the fare to the nearest £
• Vehicles drive on the left in the UK. Pay attention when you cross the road because if you are used to driving on the right you will look the wrong way! Always cross at traffic lights and don’t jaywalk. London roads are busy and you need to concentrate when crossing them.
• It can be very hot on the underground at any time of year. In winter shops can also be stifling. I recommend wearing layers so you can cool off if necessary. Carry a bottle of water too to stay hydrated. 
• If you want to see the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace do check the schedule as it does not occur every day and times can vary.
• At the time of writing this article, Big Ben is covered in scaffolding for essential repairs. The scaffolding is now scheduled to be removed by spring 2022.
• Visiting London always involves lots of walking so ensure you wear comfortable shoes.  
• The weather in London can be very temperamental and change rapidly (it is a myth though that it rains all the time) It can actually be very hot in London in summer. Read my essential packing list for London and the UK so you know exactly what to bring for your trip.
• Read my guide to purchasing tickets for popular London attractions

FAQs – Planning your first visit to London

These are the most frequently asked questions about visiting London that come up in my Facebook group (Why not head over to my London and UK travel planning group where you will find a friendly community of like-minded travellers to chat to or ask for advice about your UK travels)

London is a world-class destination at any time of year. Deciding what time of year is best to visit London will really depend on what you want from your trip!

If you prefer warm weather and longer days then the summer months of June to August are generally the best though this is also the busiest and most expensive time of year to visit.

Popular London events such as the Chelsea Flower Show (May/June), the Trooping of the Colour (June), and Wimbledon (June) also lead to an influx of visitors.

London is generally at its wettest and coldest from December to February when snow can sometimes fall in the capital. Outside of the run-up to the Christmas holidays and New Year, this can be a less hectic time of year to visit.

When evaluating the best time of year to visit London consider your budget, what you want to do, what weather you prefer and if there are any events you particularly want to see.

I recommend planning 3 to 4 days in London especially if it is your first visit. There is so much to do and see and it can be exhausting so I recommend adding one more day than you think you will need to your itinerary. 3 to 4 days in London should give you enough time to see most of the main sights.

If you are thinking of adding some day trips from London into your UK itinerary I would plan at least a week in London.

I recommend booking accommodation in central London. Yes, it may be more expensive but if you only have a few days in London stay near all the main sights and landmarks.

There is nothing worse after a long tiring day of sightseeing realising that you have to travel some distance to your accommodation.

You can find lots of options for all budgets and travel styles in my London Accommodation Guide.

London can be an expensive city to visit but if you are worried about your budget there are ways you can save on costs.

• Purchase an Oyster card to save on transport costs (including getting into London from the airport.
• Evaluate the cost of buying individual tickets to attractions versus the London Pass .
• Buy sandwiches, drinks and snacks from supermarkets.
• Avoid London during peak season when prices are at their highest.
• Many of London’s attractions including museums, art galleries, parks and markets free
• Read my budget London travel tips guide for more ways to save when visiting London.

Read more – Planning your UK trip budget

Enjoy planning your trip to London. You can find more practical travel planning tips and resources to help plan your visit to London and the UK below:

• London Travel Planning Guide
• Top tips for first-time visitors to England
• Guide to 9 principal train stations in London
• Guide to visiting the UK in winter
• Complete guide to the London Eye
• Best day trips from London by train
• 9 Red phone booths for that iconic photo
• 17 Best Apps for London and the UK

If you have specific questions about visiting the UK and planning your visit why not join my UK and London Travel Planning Group on Facebook where you can chat with others planning their trip.

Traveling to London for the First Time (2024): Tips & Tricks

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: March 18, 2024

Traveling to London for the first time and not sure where to start? Planning a trip to London might be overwhelming indeed and especially so if this is your first time in the city!

How long do I need to spend in London? When to visit? What are the best places to stay in London? How to save time and money and still see the best that London has to offer?

To help you plan your first trip to London, I selected some of the best tips for visiting London . This no-nonsense practical guide will not only help you plan your London trip, but will also show you how to make the best of your visit, time, and budget. Find out!

Top 5 Experiences in London:

• London Eye .
• Tower of London & Crown Jewels .
• Thames River Cruise .
• Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio (book well in advance!)
• The View from The Shard .

These are our top travel tips for visiting London:

1. Stay in Central London

The question that gets asked a lot by first-time visitors is what are the best places to stay in London.

Hotels in central London can be expensive, yet while it might be very tempting to choose cheaper accommodation outside the city center, it’s a choice that you’ll quickly regret. First, commuting into the city every day will cost a lot of money and time. Precious time, that you could otherwise use for sightseeing.

Visiting London for the first time? Stay in central London!  By staying in central London you can see much more in less time. Ultimately this will save money not just on transportation, but also on your overall trip budget because you’ll need fewer days in order to see just as much.

Now that we established that central London is the best place to stay when visiting London for the first time, you might be wondering which neighborhoods are the best for sightseeing.

There is probably no single best answer to this, but here is a short list of neighborhoods that we personally looked at when planning our recent trip to London with kids : Westminster, Trafalgar/ Covent Garden, Soho, Bankside, and South Bank. 

Ultimately we chose the Park Plaza Westminster Bridge Hotel , which is located on the South Bank close to the London Eye . We loved being in the center of the action and being able to easily walk everywhere. Staying in the center makes visiting London so much easier because many of the main attractions are within easy walking distance or just a short bus/ tube drive away.

The area around Covent Garden/Trafalgar Square is another great choice. Check out Citadines Trafalgar Square if you are looking for a nice price/quality/location hotel.

TIP: Using the map below, you can also easily see what’s available in central London for your travel dates and group size.

In general, I’d say just look for the best deals that you can find for your group and travel dates and as long as it’s in Central London, you know you made a good choice.

TIP: If you are looking for a lower budget stay in central London (although ‘budget’ is a relative term here), check out the Waterloo Station area (10 minutes walk to London Eye ). It’s one of the few places in the center where you can often find good quality budget accommodation. Here are two of the best choices in this area: Nox Hotel Waterloo and Point A Hotel London Westminster .

If you go further from the center, accommodation gets a bit cheaper. But a lot also depends on the specific area. In general, west/ northwest of the River Thames is better than going further east/ southeast because most of the main landmarks and attractions of London are on the western side of the river. Unless you stay very close to the river, in which case, it’s as good as it gets.

LEARN MORE: Where to Stay in London

2. Avoid Bank Holidays and School Breaks

London is one of the most beautiful cities in the UK , and one of the most popular cities in Europe. It’s an extremely popular destination that attracts millions of visitors from all over the world.

The busiest times to visit London are July and August, as well as European bank holiday weekends and school breaks. If you can, try to avoid these peak periods for fewer crowds and better prices and availability.

If you plan to see London during Holiday Season, it’s best to avoid the main shopping streets on the weekends and the last days just before Christmas.

TIP: Since spring school holidays in Europe usually fall later than in the U.S., London is a great European destination for spring break . It can also be very nice in June when most European countries still have school.

READ ALSO: Best Time to Travel in Europe

3. Foresee Enough Time and Don’t Try to See Everything

If you are traveling to London for the first time, you are probably wondering how much time you need in London. You have to realize that London is huge and there is no way to see everything in just a few days or even a few weeks… So don’t come to London thinking that you can see it all in just one or two days.

While you can see most of the main sights in London in one day or two days , for first-time visitors, I highly recommend spending at least 3-4 days in London. This should give you sufficient time to get acquainted with the city, see the main landmarks, and visit a few of the most popular tourist attractions in London .

However, we also suggest visiting at least a few places outside of the city as that will make your trip so much more special. In that case, you should really plan at least 5-7 days in London. More about day trip suggestions further below.

Also, don’t try to see ‘everything’ in London. This is simply not possible and will leave you tired and frustrated. Plan to visit no more than two or three bigger attractions every day and leave some time for unexpected discoveries.

4. Book as Much as Possible in Advance

One of the biggest mistakes you can make when visiting London is not to plan your visit in advance. Long in advance!

Starting with flights and accommodations and ending with London attractions and activities – booking in advance means more choice, better prices, and less time wasted queuing. After all, you want to make the most of your trip to London and not spend all your precious time standing in line.

TIP: Often tickets for the main London attractions are cheaper if booked online at least a day in advance. For example, you can usually get cheaper tickets for Madame Tussauds , The View from The Shard , or the  London Eye online (not even to mention avoiding the biggest queues and actually being able to visit).

For some places not reserving in advance usually means that you won’t be able to visit at all. For example, the Harry Potter Studio Tour , which is often booked up weeks and months ahead. To give you an idea, recently, we couldn’t find tickets for the day (let alone the time) when we wanted to go 16 weeks in advance! I checked all the possible websites and tour options and this day tour was the only one that still had availability, and only because it was just new at that time. And it’s not even the peak season!

If you want to go see a musical in London, book your theater tickets well in advance. Sometimes, there are last-minute tickets available as well, but not to the most popular shows and the seats you get are usually far from great.

TIP:   If you didn’t think to prebook and are looking for last-minute theatre tickets in London, check the TKTS ticket booth on Leicester Square. You can buy theatre tickets only in person for performances on the same day, or up to two days in advance.

5. Save Time and Money on London’s Major Attractions

Visiting London for the first time means visiting all the main landmarks and attractions in London . However, if you aren’t prepared, it’s very likely you will waste hours and days standing in lines.

If you want to make the most of your time in London, consider skip-the-line tickets and priority passes at the most popular attractions.

Yes, they are expensive but think of it this way. What’s the point of paying all that money to travel to London to then spend all your time queuing instead of sightseeing…

Sunday 40% Off (2024 Spring)

If you are visiting London between March and May 2024, you might be able to take advantage of the 40% discount on some of the major London attractions if you book in advance and visit them on Sunday.

Below is the list of the attractions that offer this discount. Click on the links to activate the promo code and book the ticket directly on the official website:

• Madame Tussauds London .
• London Dungeon .
• SEA LIFE London .
• Shrek’s Adventure .

The London Pass

One of the best ways to see a lot of the major attractions in London with a priority entrance is The London Pass . For example, it includes FREE entrance to places like The Tower of London, The View from the Shard, Westminster Abbey, London Bridge, or London Zoo and experiences like the Thames River Cruise or Hop-on Hop-off bus tour (to mention just a few)…

However, it only makes sense to get the pass if you visit at least 2-3 of the included attractions per day, so you need to decide if it’s worth it for you.

If you are planning to visit a lot of major attractions in a very short time, then the London Pass is definitely worth it. But plan well and make sure you get the most out of your pass during its validity period.

TIP: If you are staying in London longer, buying a pass for multiple days is more beneficial than just getting a pass for one day. Note that there are several different choices of passes in London ( The London Pass , London Explorer Pass ). Our research shows that the London Pass is one of the best options.

Fast Track, Skip the Line & Timed-Entry Tickets

The London Pass includes free entrance to 60 top attractions in London, but some of the most popular attractions like the London Eye are not included in this pass. Furthermore, many popular attractions now work with timed entry slots.

So for the most popular attractions, it’s best to book fast-track or timed-entry tickets well in advance.

We visited London with our three kids and used fast-track tickets wherever we could. I can’t imagine how different our experience would have been if we had to wait in line everywhere. We could have never seen half as much in the time that we had, not to mention our sanity, standing in line for hours with young children…

For example, you can buy fast-track tickets for the London Eye , Madame Tussauds , and some others. You can get timed-entry tickets for the Tower of London , The Shard , and many others.

A fast-track ticket to the most popular attractions like the London Eye or even Madame Tussauds can easily save you a couple of hours! The queues here can be 2-3 hours long, so believe me, a fast-track ticket is a real lifesaver . As a minimum, get a standard timed-entry ticket online before you go.

TIP: The London Eye also has several different prices depending on when you book and when you visit. For example, the early morning, late evening, or weekday tickets are usually a bit cheaper. Plus, you can save up to 20% if booking online and at least 24 hours in advance! You can find all the best ticket options for The London Eye on the official website .

6. Visit London’s FREE Attractions

Here are some places and activities that you should definitely add to your London travel list:

Free Museums in London

Visiting London is not cheap, but there are so many great things to see and do completely for free. Here are just a few London museums that can be visited free of charge : British Museum, Natural History Museum, National Gallery, Tate Modern, Victoria and Albert Museum, Science Museum, Museum of London and many more.

London’s Parks and Gardens

London has many gardens, parks and playgrounds that are free to visit. It is also a great way to escape the hustle and bustle of the city.

London Views

While some places require a ticket, there are lots of great views in London that don’t cost anything at all. For more information, please see our guide to the best views of London .

London’s Shops

Don’t get me wrong – shopping in London isn’t cheap by any means. But visiting the shops is of course absolutely free and can be an attraction in itself. Don’t miss Harrods and Oxford Street ! Kids will love  Hamleys (the world’s largest and oldest toy store), the LEGO store , and the  M&M store .

TIP: Try to avoid shopping streets and big department stores on the weekends and just before Christmas.

London Markets

London has lots of wonderful markets, scattered all around the city. With quirky, unique shops and food stalls that will leave you mouthwatering, it will likely be hard to resist buying something. But you can spend hours and days wandering around London’s markets without spending anything…

TIP: Some of our favorite markets include Camden Market , Greenwich Market , Spitalfields Market, and Borough Market (this is where some of the best food tours in London come too).

Changing of the Guard

The Changing of the Guard is one of the free things to do in London that are not to be missed. The ceremony is free to watch and takes place at Buckingham Palace at 10.45 AM on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays (weather permitting).  It’s very popular among tourists, so make sure to arrive early in order to secure a spot with a good view.

For the exact location and up-to-date schedule, please consult the website of the Household Division .

READ ALSO: Top FREE Sights & Things to Do in London with Kids (many suggestions will also be interesting for adults)

7. Use Credit Cards (or Smartphone)

These days, you hardly ever need cash for payments in the UK. Pretty much every place accepts credit cards and most places now also accept payments directly via your smartphone. You may want to get some cash for small purchases, but it’s so much easier to just use your credit card or smartphone.

You can use all major credit cards in London, but VISA and Mastercard are by far the most accepted cards. Amex is not widely used in Europe and Diner’s Club is pretty much useless. Debit cards (or cash-only cards) are also accepted pretty much everywhere.

One thing you should know is that if you use a card, often, you need one with a chip and a 4-digit PIN. Make sure that you know your PIN number by heart! You’ll need a credit card with a PIN for most payments all over Europe. Some places might still accept a card with your signature, but often, they don’t even know that they can or how to approach it because nobody in Europe uses that system anymore.

Good to know: When using an ATM or paying for purchases, you’ll be asked to choose currency – either local currency (UK pound sterling) or your own currency (US dollar if you’re traveling from the US, or Euro if you’re from Europe). Always choose to pay in local currency (UK pound sterling) and let your own bank do the currency transaction, or you risk losing a lot of money. A lot.

TIP:  If you don’t have the right credit card with a chip and a 4-digit pin, check out this selection of  the best American credit cards for travel . I recommend choosing  a card with no foreign transaction fees .

8. Use Public Transport & Use a Contactless Credit Card or Oyster Card

London is a big city and visiting everything on foot just isn’t feasible. The good news is that London’s public transport system is very efficient.

One of the best and quickest ways to get around in London is metro, aka the London tube . The biggest advantage of the tube is that you can quickly get to the other side of London without having to waste your time in the traffic. Here’s a tip for you I once got from a local. Avoid the tube during rush hour and during Christmas.

However, while traveling underground, you don’t see anything of the city, so for shorter distances, I recommend taking one of the city’s buses. Riding these original red double-decker buses is a typical London experience you should try at least once.

TIP:  Get the Oyster card . It’s a sort of electronic ticket that can be used for all public transport in Greater London and is much cheaper than paying for single-ride tickets. You can find more information about the Oyster Card here .

Alternatively, just use your contactless credit card . You can scan it when entering the metro, then scan it again when you leave. It works the same way as the Oyster card and if you use public transport several times a day, the maximum amount you spend will be capped at a daily ticket rate.

Note that children often travel free of charge (more information here ). However, for older kids where kids’ tariff is applicable, you better get a ticket. Using your credit card for the kids as well would mean that you’re paying adult rates for them. On top of that, you need one card per person anyway.

TIP: Since the recent Uber ban in London, a traditional London cab is the best option if you have lots of luggage. You really don’t want to take the tube with young kids and big suitcases, take my word for it. We took a cab twice in London and it was much more affordable than we expected. Furthermore, riding a traditional English cab is part of the experience of visiting London for the first time.

9. Walk or Rent a Bike

I know that I just told you that seeing London on foot isn’t feasible. However, you’d be missing a great deal if you take a tube or a bus every time. After all, one of the best ways to see a new city is to explore it on foot . London is no exception.

Another great way to see London and easily cover bigger distances is by bike . There are lots of self-service city bike stands where you can rent a bike, or you can join a guided bike tour.

If you are visiting London for the first time and don’t know the city well, renting a bike without a guide is maybe not the best idea, unless in the parks. London traffic is really busy, it comes (for most of us) from a different side than what we are used to, and if you also need to read the map, it can get quite dangerous.

TIP: If you want to explore London by bike, book a tour with a local guide. There are several great options, e.g. this half-day bike tour that covers the main highlights of London , or this bike tour that brings you to the less-known places of London .

10. Use Hop-on Hop-off Buses and River Cruises

There are so many ways to see London! For the complete experience, I recommend you try as many different means of transport as you can during your London trip.

Hop-on hop-off buses are extremely popular and are a great way to see the city and major attractions.

One of my favorite ways to see any city is by taking a boat where possible. There are so many boat trip options in London, so you really have no excuse not to see London from the Thames. One of the most popular options is hop-on hop-off boat on River Thames . It allows you to see many attractions close to the river in an easy way.

TIP: Hop-on Hop-off bus tickets usually include one FREE Thames River cruise ride and a FREE walking tour.

11. Get off the Beaten Path

It’s understandable that you want to see the main landmarks when traveling to London for the first time. However, London is so much more than Big Ben or Buckingham Palace!

There are so many quirky neighborhoods, local markets, lesser-known museums, and beautiful gardens in London.

Visiting a few less known places like this will just make your first trip to London even more special and memorable.

TIP: Here you can find some great ideas for different things to do, the hidden gems of London . And here you can find some nice ideas for the best views and viewpoints in London .

READ ALSO: Camden Town – one of the coolest neighborhoods in London

12. Eat Like the British

London is an expensive city and dining out can be a pricey experience. Furthermore, restaurants located close to tourist attractions don’t always serve the best food, so researching restaurants in advance can be a good idea.

Here are some insider tips on where to find the best food in London and save money :

• Try traditional Fish&Chips where locals eat (e.g. Poppies Fish&Chips or The Golden Chippy).
• Local supermarkets offer lots of affordable options for sandwiches or salads – perfect for a picnic in the park.
• Borough Market is the best food market in London, but there are also so many other smaller markets and food stalls.
• Ottolenghi deli sells delicious packed lunches.
• Harrods food hall is not to be missed.
• Lots of fine restaurants cost a fraction of the price if you go there for lunch rather than dinner.
• Traditional afternoon tea experience is a must in London and it doesn’t have to cost a fortune. We had  afternoon tea with kids at St. Ermin’s and loved it! Nowadays, there are many easily accessible and very affordable high tea experiences all over London (see here for some of the best options ).

READ ALSO: British Food to Try in the UK

13. Take a Day Trip Outside of the City

While London has so much to offer, there are also so many nice places to visit outside the city as well! From the most popular destinations like Windsor Castle and bucket-list places like Stonehenge to the English countryside and charming villages of the Cotswolds , but also some of the UK’s best towns and cities such as Bath, Oxford, or Cambridge – there are so many amazing possibilities near London.

So if you can, plan a longer stay in London and take at least a few day trips to explore more of England. This will make your trip so much more special!

TIP: If you are short on time, we recommend that you take organized tours that cover some of the nicest places in one day. That way you can see a lot in just a few days – much more than you’d ever be able to do on your own. And yes, it’s not exactly exploring deeper, but if this is your first time in the UK, it’s better than nothing.

Here are some of the best day tours from London that we recommend for first-time visitors:

• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath .
• Oxford, Stratford & the Cotswolds .
• Harry Potter Warner Brothers Studio with Transfer .
• Liverpool and The Beatles (a very long day, but well worth it for The Beatles fans). See also our guide on how to visit Liverpool from London .

READ ALSO: Best Day Trips and One Day Tours from London

14. Don’t Forget The Little Important Details

Here are some more practical tips to consider when traveling to London for the first time:

• You can pay by credit card pretty much everywhere, but it’s always useful to have some cash as well. And no, you can’t pay in Euro or US Dollars in London, you really need to get Pound sterling from an ATM.
• You are not expected to tip in the UK and service charge is often included in your restaurant bill. In most London restaurants, you’ll get charged 10-15% in addition to your bill. Locals say they don’t typically tip at the bar, but would usually leave a 10% tip at a restaurant if the service was good and not yet included in the bill.
• Don’t forget your travel adapter . UK uses Type G plugs, which are very different from other European countries, or the US.
• You’ll be walking a lot, so wear comfortable shoes . Nowadays, Europeans wear sneakers in the cities too, and London is no exception. However, we tend to wear more fashionable sneakers (something like this ), not the ones you wear when playing tennis… However, some places in London still throw upon (and some doormen give you ‘the look’ or even refuse entry) if your clothing and/or footwear looks too casual…
• Look right(!) when crossing a street in London. Yes, right, because they do drive on the other side of the road in Britain. If this is your first trip to the UK, it might take some getting used to. So be careful!
• You may want to consider buying a local SIM card or a pocket Wi-Fi to save on roaming charges.
• Pack an umbrella or a good rain jacket. It rains a lot in London, especially in the colder season. Although, as climate changes, the weather has gotten significantly drier here too. So check the weather forecast before your trip. Wearing layers is always the best way to go!

So, these are some of the most important practical tips you should know when traveling to London for the first time.

Do you have any questions or maybe want to share your experience and tips from visiting London? Don’t hesitate to leave a comment below!

READ ALSO: Best Secret Places of London That Most Tourists Never See

London Travel FAQ

The best time to travel to London is in the warm season between March and October. Summer is the peak season with big crowds. For mild weather and fewer people, come in spring or in the fall. The very best months to visit London are April-May and September-beginning of October.

London is huge and there’s no way to see everything in one trip. If you are visiting for the first time, we recommend spending at least 3-4 days in London. This will allow you to see the main landmarks and visit a few tourist attractions. If you also plan to take day trips and see some of the UK from London, then plan to stay for at least a week.

The best way to explore London is by focusing on one area at a time and walking between the main attractions that are located next to each other. For bigger distances, use the London subway, hop-on hop-off buses, or river cruises.

If you are visiting London for the first time and want to see all the main landmarks and attractions, we recommend staying in Central London. The areas around Big Ben – London Eye have the prime location for sightseeing. Staying here will save you lots of time for commute and will allow you to make the most of your trip.

London is one of the best cities in the entire world and definitely worth visiting! With famous landmarks, royal history and traditions, fun tourist attractions, world-class museums, theaters, and a unique cultural mix, London has something to offer for any type of traveler. It’s a bucket list destination that everyone should visit at least once in a lifetime!

More inspiration for your trip to the UK:

• Best Things to Do in London
• 1 Day in London
• 2 Days in London
• Things to Do in Greenwich
• Best Things to Do in Liverpool
• Best Things to Do in Manchester
• Yorkshire Day Trips
• Best Places to Visit in Cornwall
• London with Kids
• Isle of Skye Itinerary
• Scotland Whisky Tour
• Top Things to Do in Blackpool
• Tips for Visiting Blackpool
• Best Things to Do in Edinburgh
• One Day in Glasgow

If you found this post useful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends who are planning their first trip to London. Are you on Pinterest? Pin this image!

Travel tips for other major cities in Europe:

• Amsterdam Travel Tips
• Barcelona Travel Tips
• Paris Travel Tips
• Rome Travel Tips
• Read also our step-by-step guide with planning info and tips for traveling to Europe .

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Monday 18th of March 2024

Hello - your article has been very helpful - I do have a few specific questions with regard to the 'skip the line' or 'fast track' tickets - I am not clear on where to buy those? Do I buy from the individual attractions like St. Paul's, Tower of London or some other way? And when it says to book well in advance using one of the apps such as the London Pass - is that days in advance or weeks in advance? (we will be there in late August, just 2 adults). Does the London Pass include/automatically give you Priority entrance? Thank you so much!!

@Jurga, Thank you! This is indeed super helpful - I appreciate all the tips!

Hi Tracy, 'fast track' or 'skip the line' might mean different things depending on attraction. It's usually indicated when you book tickets. Nowadays, many of the most popular attractions also work with timed-entry tickets, so you book a specific time slot and the wait is limited. A few examples: * the London Eye tickets. You can choose standard, or fast-track tickets, and many other options like multi-attraction tickets, etc. In most cases (unless you opt for flex tickets), you have to choose a time slot. However, even with the reserved time slot, the fast-track ticket will give you a much faster entry (skipping most lines) than the standard ticket where you'll have a much longer queue with everyone who reserved those tickets for the same time. * The Tower of London tickets - here, you book a specific time slot. It's not completely skip-the-line, but the line will be limited to only those people who reserved the same time slot. * Madame Tussauds - you can choose between standard and fast-track tickets. * St Paul's Cathedral tickets are now valid on the specific date, not time, and it shouldn't be too busy. Entrance to the Golden Gallery might be limited if it's very busy, but it's not something you can reserve in advance.

If you buy any multi-attraction pass, then you will usually receive instructions from them and they will advise you for which attractions it's best to reserve time slots separately. Each place has different ways how they work, but e.g. if you get this London Pass, you will find all the instructions for each of the attractions. The majority of less popular places will be simple to enter just like that, but for the most popular ones, you will need to make a reservation. It's a bit more complicated that way, but you might save quite some money depending on which pass you get, for how long, and which places you choose to visit. Let's just say that if money isn't an issue, it's usually simpler to get the tickets for the most popular attractions separately, with reserved time slots, and potentially fast-track/skip-the-line access where available.

As for how long in advance to book - as soon as you know your travel dates and/or when tickets become available. The earlier you book, the more options you will have and time slots to choose from. That said, some places only open their booking system a month or two/three in advance. But there are also others that get completely sold out half a year in advance. August is a peak season, so I'd book everything that you absolutely want to do asap. If you use GetYourGuide and other websites which we personally use and recommend for most tickets and tours, you will see that they offer a free cancelation option for most of the attractions for up to 24 hours before the visit, so you have nothing to lose. All this information is available for each ticket/tour separately, and you can see it all before you book.

Alternatively, book guided tours for the most popular places. Most of them have skip-the-line access and some even offer something unique. For example, we are visiting London again soon, and this time we reserved this early-access tour to the Tower of London. The same company also has this amazing after-hours tour.

Hope this helps a bit. I know how overwhelming it can be, but nowadays not making advance bookings often means that you will not be able to visit the most popular places at all. It's not just London or Europe, but pretty much any big city in the world. In the USA, you even have to make reservations for many national parks and similar... So if you want to have a truly fun and relaxing trip, you have to do your homework. Have a great trip!

Wednesday 21st of February 2024

My name is Wendy! I am planning to visit London soon .I very enjoyed your article. It was really helpful .thanks a lot

Friday 23rd of February 2024

Glad to help, Wendy. Enjoy London!

Sunday 26th of November 2023

I really enjoyed your article and it was VERY informative. It helped me decide not only what to do, but what not to do. I have 2 teenagers. I was wondering if the Harry Potter studio is considered a "must-do" or is it a tourist trap or falls somewhere in between. It seems like all-tolled it will take about 7-8 hours, and that is a lot of time spent out of the city for 1 place. We will have 5 1/2 days in London and already planning 2 full-day excursions, so will have 3 1/2 days. Thank you in advance for your help!

Monday 27th of November 2023

Hi Brian, I know exactly how you feel. We ourselves are going to London soon with our three teenagers, for just 3 days, and we're also considering Harry Potter Studios on one of those days. It is a long day, indeed, and not cheap either. But from everything I read and heard, it's extremely well done and everyone I know who visited with teens was very enthusiastic about it. We recently visited Harry Potter studios in LA and the whole family found it amazing. From what I understand, the ones in London are much bigger and even more impressive. But we have a couple Harry Potter fans in the family AND we have been to London many times before, so we are less worried about 'missing' something else out. We are actually going for the more special experiences this time (ABBA Voyage, Tina Musical, maybe one of the Walks' exclusive tours, street art, markets, etc.) rather than traditional sightseeing. I guess it all comes down to your family's interests and which alternatives you consider instead. But remember that most of the places you'll visit will likely be less interesting to your kids than to you, so sometimes you have to balance things out to make sure the trip has something for the whole family. I know from experience that there are only that many churches and museums that our kids can handle... ;) So I'm afraid I can't help you much, and you'll have to ask your kids and decide together with them. Maybe make two alternative plans for a day, present it to the kids, and let them choose which one they prefer. If you decide to go, the research I just did for our own trip shows that - at the moment - this transfer + Harry Potter Studios entrance ticket is the cheapest option (about 50£ savings for a family of 4 vs other providers). Have a great time in London!

Thursday 12th of October 2023

My name is Albert, I was very impressed after reading your article and I also got a lot of useful information. Thank you.

Glad to help, Albert. Have a great time in London!

Sunday 6th of August 2023

Wow !!Planning to visit London along with out of city October, Thank you for helping me find thé information I needed ,it’s so helpful and informative! looking forward to hear you more 💙

Glad to help, Diki. Enjoy London!

Browsing: London Itineraries

Our London itineraries will allow you to plan your trip to London easily. Discover the best of London, including London´s attractions and tourist spots with our walking routes which you can download and print or follow using our free mobile app.

London Travel App: PlanTripLondon App with Itineraries to visit London

If you like our itineraries and walking routes take a look at our London Travel App. If you have looked…

London Pass Itineraries

Having some London Pass itineraries at hand is definitely the best way to make the most out of the London…

London Itinerary 1: From Buckingham Palace to Covent Garden

This walking route starts at Buckingham Palace, with the idea of watching the famous Changing of The Guard Ceremony. From…

London Itinerary 2: Oxford Street, Hyde Park and Knightsbridge

This walking route starts in London´s famous Oxford Street and takes us to discover Hyde Park and Kensington Garden´s secrets…

London Itinerary 3: St Paul´s Cathedral, Tower of London and Southbank

This walking route starts at Monument. From here we’ll walk towards the Tower of London and Tower bridge. Get ready…

London Itinerary 4: Camden Town

Camden Town is where you´ll find one of London´s most famous markets, and it´s one of those places you need…

London Itinerary 5: Greenwich in London

Visiting Greenwich is a brilliant option if you are planning a trip to London. Greenwich is located within London’s travel…

London Itinerary 6: Notting Hill

This walking itinerary takes you to explore the famous area of Notting Hill in London, exploring the famous Portobello Road…

London Itinerary 7: Little Venice to Camden Lock

This walking route will allow you to explore Little Venice and guide you along Regent’s Canal until you reach Camden…

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

This Is (Possibly) The Most Efficient Sightseeing Tour Of London

Pressed for time and want to see all the attractions , very quickly? This London sightseeing map is for you!

Have you ever wanted to go for a walk and hit up almost all of London’s sights in one fell swoop? Well, Redditor magulagie has the answer for you. They’ve created the ultimate London sightseeing map for tourists in a hurry. Just over five miles long on the map, it takes in a ton of London’s most iconic features, and if you avoid going inside any of the places you pass, it’ll only take about two hours to fly by them all! Who needs to be filled in on all the historic interiors, anyway?

It’s the perfect way to tick a lot of London tourist map boxes, fill up that Instagram story, or get your bearings for your first experience of London sightseeing . It’s like the Match of the Day of finding your way around London for the first time – and this one will hit like an injury-time winner.

Naturally, we had to give the sightseeing route a try for ourselves. And it definitely gets our seal of approval!

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Secret London (@secret.london)

You’ll start off at Trafalgar Square…

There’s no London walking tour map without Trafalgar Square , so we might as well kick things off with this roaring-statue-filled paradise of pigeons…and a slice of London’s history, of course. A mighty first spot, and one that Nelson would very much approve of being tucked into first place. Where else would we begin? Now get ready for a day of walking!

Take a stroll along the Mall…

When we say stroll, we mean a speedy one—we’ve got a time limit to adhere to, people! A route in honour of Queen Victoria has to be added to a London map of attractions, right? Well, not necessarily, but when it looks this grandiose, you’ll want to be making it your next stop on your sightseeing tour. On we march; our love of London building more and more with each stride…

Until you arrive at Buckingham Palace…

Can’t really miss this one, can you? The home of the Royal Family gazes out over the plush fields of Green Park and attracts millions of visitors each year. If you see King Charles , be sure to quiz him on whether he’s ticked off all these boxes on his London sightseeing tour. Will he be a mere poser on London attractions or a go-to knowledge box?

Then head along Birdcage Walk…

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Ciaran Thomas (@ciaranthomas97)

After you’ve taken a selfie with the Royal Family, it’s a no-brainer to make Birdcage Walk the next pin on your walking map of London attractions . Famous diary scribe Samuel Pepys mentioned this walk in his writings way back in the 1600s, and the name of the walk dates back to the reign of King James I . Not a bad smattering of history to saunter through on the way to your next destination. Tweet tweet.

Until you get to Westminster Abbey…

Even if you’ve been before, or don’t plan to look inside, making time for the resplendent piece of gothic architecture that is Westminster Abbey on your walking tour of London is a necessity. It’s been the location of 39 coronations since 1066 , and you simply can’t miss this London crown jewel of attractions.

The Houses of Parliament, and Big Ben, are right next door…

Talking of jewels in London’s crown, it’s always nice to check out the big bonging boombox that is the Elizabeth Tower , better known as Big Ben . You can also kill two birds with one stone by adding the Houses Of Parliament to your London sightseeing day which, if nothing else, is good to tick off to say you’ve seen the place where Members of Parliament shout at the Members of Parliament sitting opposite them. And the place Guy Fawkes wanted to destroy…

Then head over Westminster Bridge…

The second path over the river in central London history, after London Bridge, has been here since 1750. Although it’s only been green since 1970 – and it’s the perfect spot for a moment of reflection on your walking tour of London… if you don’t get bumped out of the way by commuters hurrying across Westminster Bridge in the morning. Hey, it happens. Unless you’re the one who does the bumping. Then you’re the one to watch out for, you treacherous little fiend. We see you.

And you’ll get to the South Bank. Along here you’ll see the London Eye.

Though the queue might seem daunting, there’s no denying that the dome built for the millennium is something that just needs to be seen. The London Eye was even named London’s most loved landmark in a study, so at the very least you’ll need to head over there on your walking tour to see whether you agree. Plus, the London Eye’s place in London’s list of attractions was recently cemented for posterity – it’s set to become a permanent fixture in the capital ! But since we’re blazing our way through a quickfire walking tour, there’s no time to jump on board. Those pods go around slooooowwwwllllllyyy.

Now for the Southbank Centre

There’s always something going on at the Southbank Centre . It’s a great place to hang out in the summer to catch some rays or for a cold day’s activity of viewing some art . And you’ll likely see us banging on about it all year round !

And book stalls under Waterloo Bridge.

“I kept always two books in my pocket, one to read, one to write in.” Robert Louis Stevenson was a maverick with the pen, so maybe we should start adopting this practice too. If you’re looking for the former, then this is just the spot to stop on your London sightseeing walking tour. Maybe the man who gave us Treasure Island and Kidnapped also once carried a London sightseeing map in his pocket…

Head past that scrap of sand we call the foreshore and the OXO Tower.

While we can’t get away with calling it a beach , we’ll just play pretend for this London sightseeing tour , okay?! There’s no time for a cocktail on these shores though; there’s a tour to be getting on with! Dawdlers, be gone.

Before too long you’ll arrive at the Tate Modern .

The Tate Modern is London’s most popular art gallery, don’tcha know? Are you going to go in? NO. THERE IS NO TIME. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE REST OF YOUR LONDON SIGHTSEEING MAP.

Carry on along the river a little bit and you’ll see Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

And this is embarrassing but (for the only time on this walk) you’ll have to double back on yourself very slightly. I know, we said it was straightforward and this is the ultimate betrayal. But it’s still not quite as tragic as the tragedies that have walked across this iconic theatre’s floors. Poor Hamlet…

Then it’s over Millennium Bridge:

2000 gave us Kid A by Radiohead, but it also gave us the opening of the incredibly useful Millennium Bridge. You can decide which you prefer for yourself; though you can, of course, enjoy them simultaneously along your London sightseeing map walk through the power of headphones. What a world.

Until you reach St. Paul’s Cathedral !

I hear it’s beautiful inside, but you’re not allowed to take photos anyway so, quite frankly, who’s got the time? Regardless, St Paul’s Cathedral is Christopher Wren’s masterpiece and you’ll definitely want to check it off your London sightseeing tour list.

Then it’s time to walk along Cannon Street…

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Thoroughly Modern Milly (@millykr)

This bit’s a little boring, to be honest. (It’s certainly nowhere near as pretty as its namesake in Birmingham .) But there is a stunning little townhouse, now home to The Walbrook Club, hidden away down a side street along the way. Don’t spend too long searching for it, though, as there are places to go and sights to see!

…until you get to The Monument!

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Glenn (@perspectivebyglenn)

Don’t ask which monument – it’s The Monument and you’ll find it near Monument station. Keep your eyes peeled! Even though it towers overhead – it’s surprisingly easy to miss! The grand monument to the Great Fire Of London in 1666 is a tall order for your London tour, but I’m sure you’ll make it worthwhile.

Now just roll down Lower Thames Street and you’ll soon get to the Tower of London!

You could go in, meet the ravens, chat with a Beefeater, and even check out the Crown Jewels. Or you could say ‘nahhhhhhhhhhh y’alright’ and carry on. There’s plenty more of your sightseeing tour to tick off. Anyway, it’s a classy fortress and it might look easy on the eye, but it was also used to lock people up in the Tudor period. Don’t get on the wrong side of them…

Tower Bridge is, like, right next door. Get a load of that.

Few more to go on your London sightseeing map . Getting tired yet? Good. You’ve nearly earned your end-of-tour pint. Hey! Stop thinking about alcohol and feast your eyes on Tower Bridge . And then get ready to sternly lecture the next person who gets Tower Bridge and London Bridge mixed up.

Just a couple of minutes away you’ll reach the pretty marina at St. Katherine’s Docks:

Frankly, we need a pint by now… But St. Katherine’s Docks is pretty, and pretty much wraps up our London tourist map. I can practically hear the sound or beer filling our waiting glasses.

Until – hurrah! – you finally arrive at a flower-festooned pub.

And what a charming, floral spot to finish it all up! Well played, my tourist friend: the cheeriest of cheers to you. Now it’s definitely time for a pint !

TYPE IN YOUR SEARCH AND PRESS ENTER

Visiting London’s Landmarks: Tips for an Unforgettable Journey

The pressure to plan an unforgettable trip to London can be overwhelming, especially if it’s your first visit. 

From Buckingham Palace to St. Paul’s Cathedral, London’s landmarks are some of the most iconic in the world thanks to films like “Harry Potter,” the popular Netflix series “The Crown,” and global broadcasts of royal weddings and coronations. 

What’s interesting about the attractions tourists most want to visit is that they’re either really old or modern. Take Westminster Abbey, which dates back to 960 AD and now welcomes over one million visitors a year. Compare that to the London Eye, a landmark built to celebrate the new millennium in 1999 — it also happens to be one of the highest-earning tourist attractions in the world. 

But there are more London landmarks than there are hours in a day, so you won’t be able to see them all no matter how hard you try. That’s why we’ve compiled this list of the most famous landmarks to visit on your first trip to the Big Smoke. Consider it your guide to finding tickets, booking tours, and anything else you need to know before you go. 

A note for travelers : We’ve chosen these London tourist attractions to make your first time in the city unforgettable, so you might not feel like you’re experiencing it like a local. All the tours we recommend in this guide are led by local experts, though, so you’re sure to get insider knowledge about what the real London looks like . 

Exploring London’s top landmarks

Before we dive into our list of the top 10 London landmarks to visit, let’s talk about why they make this vibrant city so iconic.

With a rich history that dates back to at least the Romans and a multicultural vibe that comes from its many immigrant communities, you’ll discover that there are lots of different Londons to enjoy — all you have to do is turn a street corner or get off at a different metro stop. 

Royal London 

Of course royal London landmarks top travelers’ sightseeing itineraries. Honestly, you could spend your entire trip tracing the history of England’s monarchy throughout the ages and learning about the role the royal family still plays today. 

You won’t want to miss Buckingham Palace, the official royal residence of the reigning monarch, in all its lavish glory. Surrounded by the pretty St. James’s Park and Green Park, you’ll marvel at the magnificent 775-room palace each time you pass it. During the summer, you can book tickets to visit the 19 State Rooms that are open to the public and even set up an exclusive tour on select dates. While you’re there, stop by The King’s Gallery (formerly The Queen’s Gallery) to see the changing exhibitions from the Royal Collection. 

But Buckingham Palace wasn’t always where the Kings and Queens of England called home. Before the reign of Queen Victoria, St. James’ Palace was the official royal residence. It remains an important site for receptions and ceremonies, and you can learn more about both these palaces on our St. James’ Palace and Buckingham Palace Tour .  

You can’t say you’ve seen royal London without marveling at the Crown Jewels in the Tower of London, walking across Tower Bridge to the picturesque St. Katharine’s Dock, and standing where Kings and Queens have been crowned at Westminster Abbey. And if you have time for day trips outside of London, you can visit the royal attractions Windsor Castle , Kensington Palace, and Hampton Court Palace. 

Skyline London  

London has one of the world’s most recognizable skylines with the dome of St. Paul’s Cathedral and the Elizabeth Tower and Big Ben towering over the city. A newer addition to the skyline is the London Eye, a huge ferris wheel in the South Bank that’s been giving locals and visitors spectacular views of the city since 1999. 

Fun fact : Locals want you to know that Big Ben is not the clock tower, but the name of the largest of five bells inside of what is known as the Elizabeth Tower. 

At night, you’ll be amazed by how pretty the Houses of Parliament look when they light up. The building is impressive to see during the day, but gains a romantic quality with that golden glow — so romantic that you’ll often find couples snapping pictures on Westminster Bridge, using the building as a background. 

Cultural London

The most famous landmarks in London reflect its cultural history. No site reflects this history more than Trafalgar Square, a public space in Central London created to commemorate the Battle of Trafalgar during the Napoleonic Wars. Today, it’s the site of political demonstrations, music and dance performances, the National Gallery and National Portrait Gallery, and so much more.

London Highlights Walking Tour

Any sightseeing itinerary of cultural London has to include wandering through the Tate Gallery, seeing a show at Shakespeare’s Globe, visiting the British Library, and even trying to stop at all the pubs where literary greats like Shakespeare and Samuel Johnson dined. 

Whichever London you choose to see (or if you have time to see them all), our list of London landmarks will help you plan your trip. And if you’re short on time, booking one or two London tours is a great way to get an overview of the best attractions from a local guide.

Let’s learn more about the top 10.

Buckingham Palace

How to get there: Take the metro to Green Park Station, then walk about 6 minutes. You can also take a bus to the Wilton Street stop and walk about 5 minutes.

How much it costs: For the summer opening of the State Rooms, tickets for standard admission start at £32 for adults.

How much time you need: An exclusive guided tour takes 1.5 hours, and there’s a timed admission system for all other tickets. You can find more information about visiting Buckingham Palace on the official website .

Located in Westminster, Buckingham Palace is the official London residence and headquarters of the British monarch. Queen Victoria was the first royal to live there in 1837, and since then it’s been one of the most iconic London landmarks. 

Buckingham Palace has 775 rooms, and 19 of those are State Rooms for events that you can visit when they’re open to the public in the summer. The palace operates like its own community, with members of the royal family and staff living and working together. 

Fun fact: Want to know if the Sovereign is in? Look at the flag! If the Royal Standard flag is raised, then the king or queen is in the palace.

Tip to make it unforgettable: Be sure to catch the Changing of the Guard ceremony that happens every day in June and July, and on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday between August and May. It’s when the soldiers currently on duty at Buckingham Palace are formally relieved by the new guard, and not without some pomp and circumstance. The handover involves a parade, marching band, and horse guards carrying the Union Jack.

The London Eye

How to get there: Take the metro to Waterloo station, then walk about 10 minutes. Since you’re right by the Thames River, why not cruise to the London Eye by boat? The River Bus service and Thames Clippers will both get you to London Eye Pier. 

How much it costs: A standard ticket starts at £30 for adults, but for £55 you can get a ticket to the London Eye with our tour of the South Bank .

How much time you need: You’ll get to spend 30 minutes experiencing panoramic views from 440 feet above the city.

The design for the London Eye was the winner of a newspaper competition held to find a modern landmark to mark the new Millennium — that’s why it’s sometimes called the Millennium Wheel. Since it opened on London’s Southbank in 1999, it has become one of the most iconic attractions that make up the city’s skyline. It’s open throughout the year, and tickets can be purchased ahead or on the day (but it’s cheaper to book ahead).

But what, exactly, is there to do on the London Eye? Look out at the city below, of course, which is easy to do, given that it only moves about 10 inches per second. 

Fun fact: There are 32 numbered capsules or pods to represent London’s boroughs, but they skipped 13  out of superstition.

Tip to make it unforgettable: While the views are breathtaking during the day, you’ll see the city lit up if you ride the London Eye at night — a nice activity for a romantic night out. 

St. Paul’s Cathedral 

How to get there: The Central Line on the metro will take you to St. Paul station. There are also plenty of buses that will get you close to the Cathedral. 

How much it costs: Tickets for adults start at £25, and that includes the Cathedral floor, Crypt, and Dome galleries. 

How much time you need: Give yourself at least 2 hours to see everything included with the cost of your ticket. 

From Royal Jubilees to state funerals, St. Paul’s Cathedral has hosted many momentous events in British history. The Anglican Cathedral is the seat of the Bishop of London, and it happens to be the fifth church to stand on this site. 

We can think about the history of St. Paul’s in three stages: pre-Norman, old St. Paul’s, and present St. Paul’s. All three stages have included fire, the biggest one being the Great Fire of London in 1666. It completely destroyed old St. Paul’s Cathedral, after it had finally been rebuilt in 1240. The new cathedral — what is now present St. Paul’s — was entrusted to the architect Christopher Wren, who proposed building it in an elaborate English baroque style.

The most iconic feature of St. Paul’s is its majestic dome that rises over the city at 365 feet. Wren might have been inspired by Michelangelo’s dome at St. Peter’s Basilica , but his uniquely has two stories of masonry with a continuous colonnade (known as “peristyle”). On the inside, the dome is just as awe-inspiring, as it spans the nave and aisles located under it. If you’re feeling up to the challenge, you can climb the 528 steps within the dome to visit the Cathedral’s Whispering Gallery, Stone Gallery, and Gold Gallery, as well as the ball and lantern that sit at the very top.  

Fun fact: St. Paul’s has a long history of inviting champions of social justice to speak at the Cathedral. In 1964, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., delivered a sermon while he was on his way to collect his Nobel Peace Prize in Norway. 

Tip to make it unforgettable: Book our London in a day tour to go inside St. Paul’s Cathedral, catch the Changing of the Guard ceremony at Buckingham Palace, marvel at the Crown Jewels in the Tower of London, and relax on a Thames River cruise.

Westminster Abbey

How to get there: The nearest metro stations are Westminster and St. James Park. There are also bus routes that will drop you off directly in front of the abbey. 

How much it costs: General admission tickets start at £29 for adults, and you can pay an additional £10 for a guided tour. These tours run Monday-Saturday and space is limited, so be sure to book ahead. 

How much time you need: A guided tour lasts 1.5 hours, and you’ll need at least that much time if you decide to go through Westminster Abbey on your own.

The world recognizes Westminster Abbey as the site of royal weddings and coronations due to their global TV coverage. While the abbey attracts over a million visitors of all faiths each year, it still runs regular church services for the public to attend. 

Westminster Abbey has a long connection with British royalty as the site where every monarch has been crowned since 1066. The church we see today in the Gothic style was built in 1245 after Henry III demolished what King Edward had erected on the site around 1040. It was known as “west minster,” then, to distinguish it from St. Paul’s Cathedral. 

The abbey is considered a work of architectural genius. The Lady Chapel, in particular, has a fan-vaulted ceiling that’s a marvel of medieval architecture, and stained glass windows that date back to the 13th century. British artist David Hockney even designed a window in 2018 to commemorate the reign of the late Queen Elizabeth II. 

Fun fact: Not only kings and queens are buried in Westminster Abbey. Geoffrey Chaucer was the first poet to be buried there in 1400, and Charles Dickens was buried there, reportedly, against his wishes.

Tip to make it unforgettable: Attend one of Westminster Abbey’s scheduled services that are free and open to the public. You’ll not only get to see this popular London landmark, but experience it as a church. Find the schedule for weekly services on their website .

Tower of London

How to get there: Get off at Tower Hill station if you’re taking the metro, or take one of the bus lines to that stop. 

How much it costs: An adult ticket starts at £34.80 and includes entry to the Crown Jewels, all the towers, and museums and exhibitions. Since the Tower of London is maintained by Historic Royal Palaces, a self-funding charity, there’s an option to add a 10% donation to your ticket price.

How much time you need: 2-3 hours are recommended

The Tower of London might be the most fun of all London landmarks. This fortress once served as a royal palace, political prison, torture chamber, royal mint, and even a public records office. Today, it’s famously known as the home of the Crown Jewels, but there’s more to see than pretty jewels. 

The most famous castle keep is the White Tower, which today houses the Royal Armouries and an original executioner’s block on the top floor. Guy Fawkes is also believed to have been held prisoner in the tower’s basement before he was executed for conspiring to kill James I in the Gunpowder Plot.

Tower of London, Tower Bridge, and St. Katharine Docks Tour

In the Bloody Tower, you’ll learn what it was like to be held as a political prisoner here. See the tower’s portcullis up close, hear how Sir Walter Raleigh endured 13 years as a prisoner during Elizabeth I’s reign, and visit Raleigh’s garden that continues to grow plants that he used in his remedies. 

Fun fact: If you happen to see ravens flying around, don’t get scared — these intelligent birds are guardians of the Tower of London, all because of a legend that says the kingdom and the tower will fall if the six ravens leave.

Tip to make it unforgettable: Yeoman Warders, also known as Beefeaters, offer guided tours every 30 minutes that are included with your ticket. You’ll hear tales of prisoners, torture, and execution from members of the Royal Bodyguard. 

St. Katharine’s Dock

How to get there: Take the metro and get off at Tower Hill, the closest station to the dock. 

How much it costs: St. Katharine’s Dock is a marina that’s free to wander around. 

How much time you need: Spend as much or as little time as you need to see everything you want.

Once you’ve finished learning about the bloody history of the Tower of London, head over to St. Katharine’s Dock for a waterfront walking tour . Central London’s only marina is a popular attraction for dining and shopping, viewing historic warehouses, and envying luxurious yachts.

Fun fact: St. Katharine’s Dock first opened in 1828 and was known for dealing with luxury goods like sugar, rum, spices, and perfume. Today, you can find many popular stores that carry those items. 

Tip to make it unforgettable: Take a well-deserved rest in the middle of your day of sightseeing to shop and eat lunch. 

Tower Bridge

How to get there: Take the metro to Tower Hill. Fancy a boat ride? Cruise along the Thames on a riverboat to Tower Pier. 

How much it costs: Tower Bridge is free to walk across, connecting the Tower Hamlets and Southwark boroughs. You can also go inside the bridge to get panoramic views of the Thames below. Tickets for adults start at £13, and you can even take a 1.5-hour guided tour for about £30.

How much time you need: Just walking across can take 20-30 minutes, but you should plan to spend around 2 hours inside.  

Tower Bridge with its castle-like towers is so symbolic of London that you often see it featured on postcards. However, many people mistake it for London Bridge, probably because it’s more decorative than the actual London Bridge. 

But London Bridge is actually the oldest river crossing in the city — despite being rebuilt many times — while Tower Bridge didn’t make an appearance until 1894. There was a need to have another river crossing, and Queen Victoria asked to have it built to match the Tower of London. 

Tower Bridge is known as a bascule bridge — “bascule” is French for “seesaw” — which means that hydraulics power its engines to lift both sides of the bridge. 

What’s cool is that you can go inside the towers and marvel at the London skyline from its windows and glass floors. You’ll also get to see the original Victorian steam engines on display in the engine rooms.

Fun fact: There’s a myth that in 1967 an American entrepreneur named Robert Paxton McCulloch accidentally purchased a dismantled London Bridge when he thought he was getting the Tower Bridge. The truth is that McCulloh always intended to buy London Bridge. 

Tip to make it unforgettable: Make your visit to Tower Bridge really special by combining it with the Tower of London and St. Katharine’s Dock on our half-day London walking tour .

Houses of Parliament

How to get there: You can take the metro to Westminster station, or ride the bus to either Parliament Square in Victoria Street or Trafalgar Square in Whitehall. 

How much it costs: There are different tour options that you can find on the UK Parliament website , but ticket prices tend to vary. 

How much time you need: Give yourself at least 2 hours to tour the Houses of Parliament.

Also known as the Palace of Westminster, the Houses of Parliament are made up of the House of Commons, the House of Lords, and Westminster Hall. You’ll also find another iconic London landmark you might have heard of — Big Ben. 

With a guided tour, you’ll get a behind-the-scenes look at the beating heart of British politics. The architecture is astonishing as it was originally built to be a palace during the reign of King Henry VIII, and inside you’ll find plaques commemorating famous trials of figures like Guy Fawkes. 

Fun fact: After the Great Fire of London destroyed the first Palace of Westminster in 1834, architect Charles Barry’s design for a Gothic-style palace won a competition and is the structure we see today.  

Tip to make it unforgettable: If you happen to be in London when Parliament’s in session, you might be able to attend a committee hearing or debate. Debates are free to watch from the Public Galleries, but check the website ahead of time for ticket information and debate schedules.

St. James’s Palace

How to get there: The closest metro stations to St. James’s Palace are Green Park and Charing Cross.  

How much it costs: St. James’s Palace technically isn’t open to the public, but you can view it from the outside and enjoy a visit to the Chapel Royal, a beautiful active church that’s often used for royal weddings and christenings. 

How much time you need: 30 minutes is enough time to view the palace and chapel.

Built by King Henry VIII, St. James’s Palace was the official residence of the sovereign until Queen Victoria moved into Buckingham Palace in 1837. It has since been an important site for royal events like Victoria and Albert’s marriage in 1840 and Prince George’s christening in 2013— both events took place in the Chapel Royal.  

Today, the palace is used for official receptions and is home to Princesses Beatrice, Eugenie, and Alexandra. On our Royal London Walking Tour , your local guide will share stories about the importance this palace has long held for Britain’s monarch.

Fun fact: Each year, St. James’s Palace hosts up to 100 receptions for charities that are associated with the royal family. 

Tip to make it unforgettable: Get to the palace at 10:30 a.m. to watch the inspection of a detachment of the Old Guard before they march to Buckingham Palace to be relieved in the Changing of the Guard ceremony. 

Trafalgar Square

How to get there: Charing Cross is the closest metro station and has an exit for Trafalgar Square. 

How much it costs: Free 

How much time you need: The amount of time you spend in Trafalgar Square depends on what you want to see and do. 

Famous for Nelson’s Column, the National Gallery, and as the gathering place for demonstrations and celebrations — the end of World War II was celebrated here — Trafalgar Square has a vibrant atmosphere that attracts tourists and locals alike. 

With its many fountains and statues, this public square is a wonderful place for photos. It’s also known as a site of protest for Londoners, not just a pretty meeting place. 

Its history goes back to the Napoleonic Wars and the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805, when the British successfully defeated French and Spanish vessels despite being outnumbered. The British Navy was led by Admiral Horatio Nelson who died in that battle despite Britain’s victory, and Trafalgar Square and Nelson’s column were both erected to commemorate the battle. 

Fun fact: Trafalgar Square is home to Britain’s smallest police station, located in a lamppost. It was installed in the 1920s to make it easy for officers to monitor what was happening in the area. 

Tip to make it unforgettable: Check out the fourth plinth to see interesting sculptures from contemporary artists. It’s considered one of the world’s most famous art commissions and is a great way to bring new art to the public. 

Tips for enjoying London’s landmarks

The key to sightseeing in London like a pro is having a plan for how you’ll get to all the attractions you want to see. Now that you’ve got a list of the best London landmarks, use these tips to make the most of your trip. 

1. Save money by booking ahead

Book your tickets for the landmarks you want to visit online if you can, since it’s often cheaper than buying them on site (usually just a few pounds cheaper, but you can put that money toward your morning flat white). This might also save you the disappointment of getting to an attraction and finding that tickets for the day have all sold out. 

2. Time your visit to avoid the queue

The London queue is probably a cultural phenomenon you’re not excited to experience. And during peak tourist season in the spring and summer, they can get pretty lengthy for popular landmarks. Instead of getting up early to try to beat the crowds, do some of your sightseeing at night when everyone is heading to dinner. Not only does the city literally light up at night, but many attractions like museums offer late access. Making dinner reservations, buying tickets online, and booking skip-the-line tours are also great ways to get around the crowds. 

3. Get insider knowledge from a guided tour  

If it’s your first trip to London, joining a guided tour is a great way to get to know the city. Your guide will not only show you the highlights but also give you tips on the best way to get around, how to avoid tourist traps, where to get the best fish and chips, and more. And if your timing is limited, you need someone who can help you make the most of your time. 

4. Know when to walk, take the metro, or hop on a bus 

London has plenty of transportation options, but be sure to check an app like Google Maps or Citymapper to see how much time getting from point A to point B will actually take — the metro is not always faster! And sometimes it’s better to take the bus if you want to see more of the city, or to walk if you want to get a feel for the vibe of the city. Choosing attractions that are close to each other for a day of sightseeing will also ensure you’re saving time on traveling. 

5. Immerse yourself in the experience 

No matter which London landmark you’re visiting, find a way to experience it in a new way. This could mean engaging with an interactive exhibit at a museum, asking a local for directions, or getting a panoramic view of the city from high up. 

Ready for your London adventure? 

All that’s left to do is get out there and explore. Whether you want to see royal London, immerse yourself in cultural London, take in the breathtaking views of skyline London, or a combination of all three, our tips will help you make an itinerary for an unforgettable journey. 

There’s no reason to plan every part of your trip alone. With our London tours , you’ll have expert guides showing you the city’s iconic landmarks so you can kick back, relax, and enjoy a truly immersive experience.   

What To See at the Tower of London (And How To Tour It)

The Tower of London is an iconic landmark steeped in history and intrigue. A UNESCO heritage site, London’s castle has held many roles…

How To Visit Stonehenge and What To See When You Go

The world-famous, mysterious, prehistoric stone circle monument that is Stonehenge is a must for most people traveling to the U.K. It’s shrouded in…

Where To See the Changing of the Guard in England

You can’t get more English or more royal than the Changing of the Guard. It’s a spectacular event full of tradition and history,…

The ultimate 3-day itinerary for visiting London with kids

Ever since my 5-year-old son caught a glimpse of Big Ben in one of his books, he's been utterly fascinated by London' s iconic clock tower. His curiosity soon spread to everything London-related, and he would ask question after question about the British capital.

When it came time to plan our next family vacation, the decision was obvious. We were going to London, and what's more, we let him take the reins in planning the itinerary.

The result? Three days of kid-filled fun (that I thoroughly enjoyed too). From the grandeur of the changing of the guard ceremony at Buckingham Palace to the whimsical Peppa Pig bus tour, our trip hit the highlights from a kid's perspective.

So, whether you have a little one obsessed with Big Ben or are simply looking for a family-friendly destination, London offers many attractions to delight children and adults alike. Here's my three-day guide to help you make the most of your family vacation in this vibrant city.

Day 1: Iconic landmarks and 360-degree views

A ride on the london underground.

If there's one thing I've learned from traveling with a little one, it's to keep the days manageable, especially the first one. So, after landing in the morning, we made our way to the hotel — Hotel Cafe Royal — on the Underground (an activity my son loved) to drop off our bags and have lunch. I'd recommend eating at the hotel or very close by to limit the amount of transit time after what was already a big day of travel.

Once we fueled up, we made our way to the London Eye, where we had 3 p.m. tickets. Buying the fast pass (which we did) allows you to skip the long line (and avoid a meltdown) and get on the famous Ferris wheel quickly. Once on, it's a 30-minute ride where you can see many of the city's highlights. It's a great way to start the trip with a literal overview of London and doesn't require any physical effort.

After taking in the London skyline, we took a five-minute walk across Westminster Bridge to fulfill my son's dream of seeing Big Ben. And his desire couldn't have come at a better time since the famous clock only recently opened after several years of restoration. Although going inside is only available to U.K. residents, we timed our stroll at the base of the clock at 4 p.m. to hear the famous bell ring (it goes off every hour).

Dinner at The Dorchester

We finished up the day with dinner at The Dorchester. The luxury landmark recently underwent a massive renovation, including The Promenade restaurant perched in the center of the hotel. Each seating area was outfitted with a cozy couch, making it the perfect spot to unwind for the day. They had an incredible kids menu with plenty of options, even for the pickiest eaters.

Then it was back to the hotel for an early bedtime and a good night's rest to prep for the action-filled next day.

Day 2: Trains, tea, toys and tradition

Postal museum.

After a hearty breakfast at the hotel (I often recommend booking a hotel package that includes breakfast to make it easy), we set out for our first activity of the day. Along with loving Big Ben, my son is also a train fanatic. So, we got 10 a.m. tickets for a lesser-known attraction: the Mail Rail exhibit at the Postal Museum.

This off-the-beaten-path museum dives into London's fascinating postal history with an interactive exhibit that includes a ride on an actual underground train. We wove through the old tunnels, making stops along the way where we learned about the old underground railway system that once moved the city's mail. Although slightly claustrophobic at times (the train is very tiny), it was very entertaining for both kids and adults. A postal-themed play space for kids under 8 features a small-scale village with roads, structures, trams and tunnels.

Changing of the guard

Then it was off to witness the changing of the guard around 11 a.m. We opted to take a taxi to cut down on travel time and made it to the iconic ceremony outside Buckingham Palace. While we couldn't get up close to the gates, plenty of British pomp and pageantry along the Mall entertained my son for a little while.

We kept watching as we made our way to St. James's Park playground, which was just a few minutes' walk from the palace. My son loved climbing on the rocks, walking across the mini bridge and digging in the sandbox. We could see more of the changing of the guard parade from the playground.

Afternoon tea

As you can imagine, we were hungry at this point, and my son requested afternoon tea while in London. We chose The Guardsman as it was just a few minutes' walk and was supposed to be one of the top spots for the quintessentially British experience. We chowed down on sandwiches and pastries, and they gave my son a stuffed bear dressed as a beefeater (a perfect souvenir for what we had just witnessed).

With some renewed energy, we had one last outing for the day. Of course, my son also requested we visit a toy store in town. And there's no better one than Hamleys. It's one of the world's largest and oldest toy stores, with seven floors of gadgets and gizmos. It can be overwhelming as people are dancing, clowns are blowing bubbles and drones are zipping around, but my son had a blast looking at everything. He settled on a small truck as his toy before we returned to the hotel.

Dinner at Cake & Bubbles

With such a busy morning, we decided to spend the afternoon and evening at the hotel. We made it back for the children's hours (4-6 p.m.) at the pool and took a little late-afternoon dip before an early dinner at Cake & Bubbles (attached to the hotel). While the family-friendly restaurant is known for its desserts (the cheesecake is a must), it also has a delicious savory menu of small bites. We enjoyed burgers, pasta, salad and some dessert for a sweet ending to a fun-filled day.

Day 3: Playgrounds and Peppa Pig

The diana memorial playground.

My son always wants to check out the playground scene no matter what city we visit. And one in London is a must-see: the Diana Memorial Playground. After our hotel breakfast and a morning swim (we wanted to keep the morning low-key), we hopped on a local double-decker bus (another request of my son) and made our way to the far edge of Kensington Gardens.

Next to the late Princess Diana's former Kensington Palace home, the Diana Memorial Playground is inspired by the story of Peter Pan. The centerpiece is a large wooden pirate ship surrounded by a sandy beach and "buried treasure." Other features include sensory trails, various toys and play sculptures, all set within a carefully landscaped area. My son loved climbing into the crow's nest and zipping down the hidden slides.

Peppa Pig bus tour

After some playtime, it was time for one final kid-approved activity: the Peppa Pig bus tour. Since my son requested afternoon tea and a double-decker bus ride on the trip and is a fan of the "Peppa Pig" cartoon, I was elated when I learned an option included all three.

The whimsical tour involved driving around the city in a historic double-decker-bus-turned-restaurant seeing the major sites (including Big Ben again) while nibbling on mini pizzas and scones. The kids were served hot chocolate in cups with lids, while the adults had a choice of teas. Individual screens played "Peppa Pig" clips that described the historic sites we drove past. And an onboard emcee played games and sang songs with the kids whenever we were stuck in traffic.

Dinner at the Four Seasons Hotel London at Park Lane

After the tour, we had some downtime at the hotel before making our way to the final dinner of the trip. Since everything else had been kid-focused, my husband and I opted for a nicer dinner at Pavyllon in the Four Seasons Hotel London at Park Lane.

Although geared toward adults, the staff was incredibly accommodating and had a kids menu available. They even brought my son's food out first, so he didn't have to wait. And they rushed our dishes, too, so we could have a speedier meal that aligned better with a 5-year-old's patience. We brought a deck of cards and played War throughout dinner, which entertained my son thoroughly.

After dinner, we returned to the hotel for our final night before taking a flight out the following day.

Where to stay

When planning a family stay in London, a plethora of options cater to the needs of both adults and children. For families, areas like South Kensington, Covent Garden and Westminster are ideal due to their proximity to major attractions like the Natural History Museum, the Science Museum and the London Eye.

Hotel Cafe Royal

We opted for Hotel Cafe Royal (part of the Luxury Hotel & Resort Collection ) in Piccadilly Circus. It is near multiple modes of transportation to reach anywhere in the city and within walking distance of numerous attractions, including the Hamleys toy store. What's more, it's incredibly family-friendly. The rooms are spacious, and the property even worked with a former royal nanny to curate the family programming. So, we had a tent with toys set up in the room, and there was a white-noise machine ready to help us all get a good night's sleep. Plus, if you book through the Chase travel portal , you get daily breakfast, a complimentary upgrade and a $100 property credit.

Other properties to consider

But there are plenty of other family-friendly options too. The Hilton London Bankside (available for around $267 or 70,000 Hilton Honors points per night) has a host of family offerings like connecting rooms and an indoor pool. Kids eat free at Holiday Inn London — Oxford Circus, with rooms available for around $328 or 39,000 IHG rewards points a night.

Planning a trip to London? Check out some of our other stories and planning tips:

• 27 of the best free things to do in London
• The complete guide to flying to London on points and miles
• 7 London hotels used by actual royalty
• The best hotels in London
• Chic but a bit cramped: A review of The London Edition

• London Tourism
• London Hotels
• London Bed and Breakfast
• London Vacation Rentals
• Flights to London
• London Restaurants
• Things to Do in London
• London Travel Forum
• London Photos
• All London Hotels
• London Hotel Deals
• Last Minute Hotels in London
• Things to Do
• Restaurants
• Vacation Rentals
• Travel Stories
• Rental Cars
• Add a Place
• Travel Forum
• Travelers' Choice
• Help Center

exploring London for 10 days - London Forum

• Europe    
• United Kingdom (UK)    
• England    
• London    

exploring London for 10 days

• United States Forums
• Europe Forums
• Canada Forums
• Asia Forums
• Central America Forums
• Africa Forums
• Caribbean Forums
• Mexico Forums
• South Pacific Forums
• South America Forums
• Middle East Forums
• Honeymoons and Romance
• Business Travel
• Train Travel
• Traveling With Disabilities
• Tripadvisor Support
• Solo Travel
• Bargain Travel
• Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
• England forums
• London forum

8 replies to this topic

as long as your cards carry the contactless symbol https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Contactless_payment they will be fine

https://www.visitlondon.com/things-to-do/budget-london/101-free-things-to-do-in-london

https://www.timeout.com/london/things-to-do/free-london

With an 11 year old your top free museums will be The Natural History Museum and The Science Museum, both fantastic.

The British Museum , the Victoria and Albert Museum - free.

Tate Modern , Tate Britain , The National Gallery for galleries.

For Tate Modern you can walk along the South Bank past Shakespeaer's Globe Theatre, visit Tate Modern, maybe walk across the Millenium Bridge to view St Pauls from the outside, or on to London Bridge through the old streets behind Borough Market and see the Golden Hinde ship.

You can watch the Changing The Guard ceremony - beware some websites try and charge for this - but see here! You can also check the route and see them from other viewpoints https://www.householddivision.org.uk/changing-the-guard-overview

Not sure about your contact cards - the machines take Visa and Mastercard contactless cards, Apple Pay .... You need a separate contactless card for each adult and use that same card all day to make sure you don't pay more than the daily cap price for the zones you travel in. If using the DLR make sure you 'tap out' at the yellow card readers - they don't have barriers so it's easy to miss and if you don't tap out they charge you for the longest journey.

You can get an Oyster card for your 11 year old and get the Young Visitor Discount applied at the tune station - for half price child travel.

There are small Sainsbury;s and Tesco supermarkets everywhere where you can get a 'Meal Deal' lunch - Sandwich or other food, a snack and a drink for £3.50, for cheaper lunches on the go.

Have a wonderful time!

The V & A is huge - I suggest that you and your daughter have a look at the website - may be the map or the trails and pick a few area to visit. She might be interested in the jewellery collection or may be some of the textiles/fashion or ceramics - there's a wide range of items:

https://www.vam.ac.uk/south-kensington

How will you arrive in the UK and where, do you know where you are staying yet?

https://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowTopic-g186338-i17-k14365176-Paying_for_public_transport-London_England.html

Great advice from everyone already. I will add that a membership with Historic Royal Palaces might cost money up front, BUT it will give you and your family entry (as many times as you want to go as members while you are in London) to the Tower of London , Hampton Court Palace , and Kensington Palace , in addition to discounts at their sites shops and cafes. It is the only pass I would consider well worth it, but YMMV.

Check sites for both Westminster Abbey and St. Paul's Cathedral for free concerts and events, and you are always welcome to worship for free during services at either. Just note that tourism is not permitted during services. I recently enjoyed a free organ concert at St. Paul's Cathedral. To add to #3's comments re: Greenwich (which are great recommendations, BTW), the Greenwich Foot Tunnel is also free - you can walk under the Thames from Greenwich to Island Gardens to see the great views of Greenwich from there, and then take either DLR back to Bank or Tower Gateway, OR walk back to Greenwich.

Guildhall art museum AND the Roman amphitheatre ruins within the City of London are also free, as is simply wandering around the Square Mile - and walking through Leadenhall Market . If you are in the area on a weekday the Bank of England Museum is also free and excellent. You can also try to see if you can actually pick up a gold bar.

Multiple free viewing platforms within the City of London (Square Mile) - Horizon 22, the Lookout at 8 Bishopsgate, the Garden at 120, and Sky Garden , but most require pre-booking online. The Garden at 120 does allow walkups daily, although it is the "lowest" viewing platform, the garden really is beautiful. Walking across Tower Bridge is also free.

https://www.museumoflondon.org.uk/families/visit-museum-london-docklands

• Oyster card/credit card 6:28 am
• What extras to pay for? United Kingdom Car Rental 6:13 am
• Trip Report. 3 days in London May 2024 5:09 am
• London itineraray ideas 4:27 am
• St Pancras to Heathrow with wheelchair 3:56 am
• London vs Southampton 3:49 am
• Gloucester Tube to Paddington - Only Run One Direction? 2:59 am
• Taxis near Lyric Theatre 12:16 am
• Which Hotel? 12:11 am
• Train to Dover for cruise 10:50 pm
• LHR to King's Cross 10:29 pm
• Elizabeth Tower/Big Ben Tour 8:39 pm
• My bad experience of Bolt in London 7:42 pm
• Rules/Upstairs at Rules London Question yesterday
• Best Area of London to Stay for 2 nights 15 replies
• How to get to Victoria Station from Heathrow? 10 replies
• The London Pass...worth it or scam? 10 replies
• Best hotel for Heathrow Terminal 3? 8 replies
• Hostel/Hotel Near Liverpool Street Station 4 replies
• outlet shops in London? 12 replies
• Heathrow to Kings Cross 7 replies
• London - factory / designer outlet malls 12 replies
• weather in december 5 replies
• Best Area to Stay in London 8 replies

London Hotels and Places to Stay

• What can I do in London on a budget?
• How to use Oyster Cards, Travelcards and 2-4-1 offers in London?
• What is open in London on Christmas Day
• The Championships, Wimbledon
• Harry Potter in London - FAQ